Avyakt murli for Wednesday 16 March 2011

Sentence alignment between two languages is corrected.

016-03-11 16-03-11 16-03-11 16-03-11ओम ōm ōm Omशान्ति śhānti śhānti peaceअव्यक्त avyakt avyakt[adj.] avyaktबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhuban

016-03-2011 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

1 «  «  «  « मन्सा mansā mansā through the mindद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughप्रकृति prakr̥iti prakr̥iti[x] matterको kō kō[postp.] toसतोगुणी satōguṇī satōguṇī[adj.] satoguniबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]की key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]शुभ भावना śhubh bhāvnā śhubh bhāvnā[x] pure feelingशुभकामना śhubhkāmnā śhubh kāmnā[n.f.;sg.] good wishesरख rakh rakhnā[root] keep[root]संस्कार मिलन saṅskār milan saṅskār milan[x] harmonisation of sanskarasकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)रास rās rās[n.m.;sg.,d.] raasकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और aur aur andअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownपुराने purānē purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] oldसंस्कारों saṅskārō̃ saṅskār[x] sanskarको kō kō[postp.] toजलाकर jalākar jalānā[abs.] burn[abs.]प्रभु prabhu prabhu Godके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)संग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)लगाते lagātē lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]सच्ची sachchī sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] trueहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)मनाओ manāō manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] »  »  »  »

1Do the service of making the elements pure (satoguni) by serving through your mind. 2Have good wishes and pure feelings and perform the dance of harmonising your sanskars. 3Burn your old sanskars and, by colouring yourself with the colour of God's company, celebrate the true Holi.

2आज āj āj todayहोलीएस्ट holiest holiest[adj.] holiestबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childसे sē sē[postp.] fromहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)मनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]आये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

4Today, the Holiest Father has come to celebrate Holi with His children.

3आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)मनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]आये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

5All of you have also come to celebrate Holi.

4चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)दूर dūr dūr[adj.] distantबैठे baiṭhē baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23])हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदूर dūr dūr[adj.] distantबैठे baiṭhē baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23])भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)मनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]बैठे हैं baiṭhē haĩ baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

6All the children everywhere, who are sitting far away, are also sitting down to celebrate Holi.

5आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoसे sē sē[postp.] fromरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)की key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)होली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)मनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]आये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] !  !  !  !

7Which colour Holi have you come to celebrate?

6जानते हैं jāntē haĩ jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] know[pres.pl.m.12hon3]सबसे sabsē sabsē the mostश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]परमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulसंग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour). . . .

8You know that the most elevated colour is the colour of God's company.

7यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)सदा sadā sadā constantlyश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedते tē sē fromश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

9This colour makes you constantly the most elevated of all.

8जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherऊंचे ūñchē ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] elevatedते tē sē fromऊंचा ūñchā ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] elevatedहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisपरमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulसंग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyऊंचे ūñchē ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] elevatedते tē sē fromऊंचा ūñchā ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] elevatedबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

10Just as the Father is the Highest on High, in the same way, God's company also makes you the highest on high.

9हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)मस्तक mastak mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreheadमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inचमकता chamaktā chamaknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]हुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]भाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसितारा sitārā sitārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] starदेख रहे हैं dēkh rahē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

11He is seeing a star of fortune sparkling on the forehead of each child.

10यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसितारा sitārā sitārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] starसारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeकल्प kalp kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youभाग्यशाली bhāgyaśhālī bhāgyaśhālī[adj.] xबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)सिवाए sivāē sivāē exceptऔर कोई aur kōī aur kōī[x] someone elseप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकर kar karnā[root] do[root]सकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

12Throughout the whole cycle, this star of fortune is attained by no one except you fortunate children.

11वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childही hī hī[p.] onlyडबल double double doubleपवित्र pavitra pavitr[adj.] pureअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)बनते हो bantē hō bannā[pres.pl.m.2] become[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

13The elevated fortune is that it is only you children who become double pure, that is, holy.

12वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xधर्मात्मायें dharmātmāyē̃ dharm-ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butवह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatशरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyसे sē sē[postp.] fromपवित्र pavitra pavitr[adj.] pureनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनते हैं bantē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

14There are also religious souls but their bodies are not pure.

13आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभविष्य bhaviṣhya bhaviṣhya[adj.] futureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपवित्र pavitra pavitr[adj.] pureबनती bantī bannā[pres-part.f.] become[pres-part.f.]और aur aur andशरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपवित्र pavitra pavitr[adj.] pureबनता है bantā hai bannā[pres.sg.m.23] become[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

15In the future, you Brahmin souls will be pure and you will have pure bodies.

14इनकी inkī yah[pn.pl.kī] this[.kī]निशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signडबल double double doubleपवित्र pavitra pavitr[adj.] pureतो tō tō thenडबल double double doubleताज tāj tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] crownप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

16The sign of being double pure is that you receive a double crown.

15सारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeकल्प kalp kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inडबल double double doubleताजधारी tājdhārī tājdhārī[adj.] crownedआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसंगमयुग saṅgamyug saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluence ageमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)संग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)रंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)से sē sē[postp.] fromडबल double double doubleपवित्र pavitra pavitr[adj.] pureबनते हो bantē hō bannā[pres.pl.m.2] become[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

17In the whole cycle, only you become double crowned. 18At the confluence age, by having the colour of the Father's company, you become double pure.

16संगमयुग saṅgamyug saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluence ageका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofपरमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulसंग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyडबल double double doubleपवित्र बना देता है pavitra banā dētā hai pavitra banānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] x. . . .

19God's colour of the confluence age makes you double pure.

17तो tō tō thenआपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]होली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] withरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toकम्बाइन्ड combined combined combinedबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromडबल double double doubleपवित्र pavitra pavitr[adj.] pureबन जाते हो ban jātē hō bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]. . . .

20Because of staying with the Father and because of being combined with the Father, you become double pure on this Holi.

18सदा sadā sadā constantlyदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसंग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyरहता है rahtā hai rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] remain[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

21You constantly have the Father's company in your heart.

19यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)कितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatइतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedबना देता है banā dētā hai bannā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] (become[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]). . . .

22This colour is so elevated that it makes you as elevated.

20लोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] peopleतो tō tō thenस्थूल sthūl sthūl[adj.] physicalरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)से sē sē[postp.] fromहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)मनाते हैं manātē haĩ manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)संग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)रंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)से sē sē[postp.] fromहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)बन जाते हो ban jātē hō bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]. . . .

23People celebrate Holi with physical colour, whereas you become holy with the colour of the Father's company.

21वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooडबल double double doubleहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy). . . .

24This too is double holy.

22तो tō tō thenआपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]होली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)दुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldसे sē sē[postp.] fromन्यारी nyārī nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] uniqueपरमात्मा paramātmā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)प्यारी pyārī pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lovingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

25Your Holi is unique in the world and it is loved by the Father.

23तो tō tō thenनशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationरहता है rahtā hai rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] remain[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅कि ki ki[conj.] thatहमारी hamārī ham[pn.pl.kī] we[.kī]होली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)प्रभु prabhu prabhu Godसंग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)रंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)के K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseआधाकल्प ādhākalp ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] for half a cycleऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchपवित्र बनाती है pavitra banātī hai pavitra banānā[pres.sg.f.23] xजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatअब ab ab[adv.] nowतक tak tak untilभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]चित्र chitra chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pictureकायदे kāydē kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] lawप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ (under)पूजे जाते हैं pūjē jātē haĩ pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] (x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive])और कोई aur kōī aur kōī[x] someone elseके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooचित्र chitra chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pictureऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchप्रेम prēm prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveपूर्वक pūrvak pūrvak according toपूजे pūjē pūjnā[opt.sg.23]|pūjnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pūjā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|worship)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notजाते हैं jātē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

26You have the intoxication that, because your Holi is coloured with the colour of God's company, it makes you pure for half a cycle in such a way that, even now, your images are worshipped with discipline. 27No one else's images are worshipped with so much love.

24आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youस्वयं svayã svayã xअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownचित्रों chitrō̃ chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] pictureको kō kō[postp.] toदेख रहे हो dēkh rahē hō dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] see[pres.pl.m.prog.2]. . . .

28You yourself can see your own images.

25और aur aur andभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपूजे जाते हैं pūjē jātē haĩ pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] (x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butइतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeऔर aur aur andऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchविधिपूर्वक vidhipūrvak vidhipūrvak with disciplineपूजा pūjā pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोती hōtī hōnā[pres-part.f.] be[pres-part.f.]. . . .

29Others are also worshipped, but they are not worshipped for this duration nor are they worshipped in this disciplined way.

26आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसदा sadā sadā constantlyउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealऔर aur aur andउत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहते हो rahtē hō rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] remain[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

30You constantly maintain your zeal and enthusiasm.

27रहते हो rahtē hō rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] remain[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

31You do maintain it, do you not?

28उमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal- - - -उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहते हो rahtē hō rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] remain[pres.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

32Do you stay in zeal and enthusiasm?

29हाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

33In that case, raise your hands!

30रहते हो rahtē hō rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] remain[pres.pl.m.2]कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everया yā yā orसदा sadā sadā constantly ?  ?  ?  ?

34Do you maintain it sometimes or all the time?

31जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]हम ham ham[pn.pl.] weसदा sadā sadā constantlyउमंग-उत्साह umaṅg-utsāh umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] zeal and enthusiasmमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहते rahtē rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andदूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooउमंग-उत्साह umaṅg-utsāh umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] zeal and enthusiasmदिलाते हैं dilātē haĩ dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatहाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

35Those who say that they constantly stay in zeal and enthusiasm and also give zeal and enthusiasm to others, raise your hands!

32कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसदा sadā sadā constantly. . . .

36Not those who do this only sometimes, but all the time!

33सदा sadā sadā constantlyशब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordको kō kō[postp.] toअण्डरलाइन underline underline underlineकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

37You have underlined the word "constantly", have you not?

34लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]यादगार yādgār yādgār[x] memorialजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]स्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageरही है rahī hai rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23]उसका uskā vah[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]यादगार yādgār yādgār[x] memorialआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]भक्त bhakta bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] devoteeउत्सव utsav utsav[x] xके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)रूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमनाते हैं manātē haĩ manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

38However, whatever has been your stage, your devotees celebrate it in the form of a festival.

35आपने āpnē āp[pn.pl.nē] you[.nē]प्रभू prabhū prabhu[n.m.;sg.,d.] Godके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)संग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)लगाया lagāyā lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] attach[past-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenवह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)लगाते हैं lagātē haĩ lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butबॉडीकान्सेस body conscious body conscious body consciousहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅तो tō tō thenस्थूल sthūl sthūl[adj.] physicalरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)लगा देते हैं lagā dētē haĩ lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā]. . . . 36जिस jis jō[pn.sg.o.] thatरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inखर्चा kharchā kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] expenditureभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबहुत bahut bahut veryऔर aur aur andफिर phir phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] (then|turn[root])रिजल्ट result result resultभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकुछ kuchh kuchh anythingअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaकुछ kuchh kuchh anythingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchमनाते हैं manātē haĩ manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

39You coloured yourselves with the colour of God's company and so they also apply colour, but, because they are body conscious, they apply a physical colour, which costs a lot of money, and its result is that some things are good whereas other things are not so good; they celebrate this way.

37लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofयादगार yādgār yādgār[x] memorialउत्सव utsav utsav[x] xजरूर jarūr zarūr definitelyमनाया है manāyā hai manānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] celebrate[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

40They definitely celebrate the memorial of your enthusiasm.

38आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youपरमात्मा paramātmā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]के लिए kē liē kē liē[x] forपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownपुराने purānē purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] oldसंस्कारों saṅskārō̃ saṅskār[x] sanskarको kō kō[postp.] toजलाते हो jalātē hō jalānā[pres.pl.m.2] burn[pres.pl.m.2]और aur aur andफिर phir phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] (then|turn[root])प्रभु prabhu prabhu Godके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)संग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)लगने lagnē lagnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromसदा sadā sadā constantlyमनाते रहते हो manātē rahtē hō manānā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] celebrate[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

41In order to belong to God, you first of all burn your old sanskars and then, because of being coloured with the colour of God's company, you celebrate all the time.

39वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)जलाते हैं jalātē haĩ jalānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] burn[pres.pl.m.12hon3]फिर phir phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] (then|turn[root])मनाते हैं manātē haĩ manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]मनाना manānā manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andउन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)मनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरात rāt rāt[n.f.;sg.] nightदिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअन्तर antar antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] differenceहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

42They too first burn something and then celebrate, but there is the difference of day and night in the way that you celebrate and the way they celebrate.

40वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatबॉडीकान्सेस body conscious body conscious body consciousआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youआत्म ātma ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulअभिमानी abhimānī abhimānī[adj.] conscious. . . .

43They are body conscious, whereas you are soul conscious.

41वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyभान bhān bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] awarenessमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youआत्मिक ātmik ātmik[adj.] soul-consciousभान bhān bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] awarenessमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in. . . .

44They have the awareness of the body and you are aware of the soul.

42आपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofडायरेक्शन direction direction directionहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]होली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isबीती bītī bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (pass[past-part.f.]|past)सो sō sō|sōnā[root] (x|sleep[root])बीती bītī bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (pass[past-part.f.]|past). . . .

45You have BapDada's direction that Holi means to let the past be the past.

43यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]हो ली hō lī hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] be[past-part.f..root+lēnā]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)को kō kō[postp.] toप्रैक्टिकल practical practical practicalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notला law|lā law|lānā[root] (law|x[root])सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

46They also speak of "ho li" (it has happened already) but they do not put the meaning of it into a practical form.

44आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसब sab sab[adj.] allहो ली hō lī hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] be[past-part.f..root+lēnā]अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isबीती bītī bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (pass[past-part.f.]|past)सो sō sō|sōnā[root] (x|sleep[root])बीती bītī bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (pass[past-part.f.]|past)करते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

47All of you let everything be "ho li", that is, you let the past be the past.

45करते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

48You do this, do you not?

46कि ki ki[conj.] thatकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

49Or, do you only do it sometimes?

47क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseबीती bītī bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (pass[past-part.f.]|past)को kō kō[postp.] toयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromव्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtबहुत bahut bahut veryचलते हैं chaltē haĩ chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

50When you remember the past, you have many waste thoughts.

48समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeभी bhī bhī[p.] tooव्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulजाता है jātā hai jānā[pres.sg.m.23] go[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

51Your time is also wasted.

49जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatबहुत bahut bahut veryसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatन na na[neg] notचाहते chāhtē chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooजब jab jab whenचलते हैं chaltē haĩ chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenइस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisसंगमयुग saṅgamyug saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluence ageका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofएक-एक ēk-ēk ēk[adj.] oneमिनट minute minute minuteजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneजन्म janm janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] (be born[root]|life)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in21 21 21 21जन्म janm janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] (be born[root]|life)की key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)प्रालब्ध prālabdh prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] rewardबनाता है banātā hai banānā[pres.sg.m.23] create[pres.sg.m.23]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatएक-एक ēk-ēk ēk[adj.] oneसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtएक-एक ēk-ēk ēk[adj.] oneमिनट minute minute minuteकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soवैल्युबुल valuable valuable valuableहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

52Since your sanskars over a long period of time continue to work, even against your conscious wish, then every minute of this confluence age, which help to create a reward for 21 births, every thought and every minute are so valuable!

50एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneसेकण्ड second second secondनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notगया gayā jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] go[past-part.m.sg.d.]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअनेक anēk anēk[adj.] manyजन्म janm janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] (be born[root]|life)की key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)प्रालब्ध prālabdh prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] rewardमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inफर्क phark fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] differenceपड़ जाता है paṛ jātā hai paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

53That is not just one second that has gone by, but it creates a difference in the reward of many births.

51बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooकहा है kahā hai kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] say[pres-perf.sg.m.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatसंगम saṅgam saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluenceसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeऔर aur aur andसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everभी bhī bhī[p.] tooव्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notगंवाना है ganvānā hai ganvānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lose[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

54BapDada has told you earlier too that you must not waste any time or thoughts of the period of the confluence age.

52अगर agar agar ifसदा sadā sadā constantlyप्रभु prabhu prabhu Godरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरंगे raṅgē raṅgnā[opt.sg.23]|raṅgnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.])हुए हो huē hō hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] be[pres-perf.pl.m.2]अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toसदा sadā sadā constantlyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसाथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionबनाके banākē banānā[abs.] create[abs.]रहते हो rahtē hō rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] remain[pres.pl.m.2]तो tō tō thenसंगमयुग saṅgamyug saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluence ageके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)एक-एक ēk-ēk ēk[adj.] oneसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtऔर aur aur andसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeमाना mānā mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.])एक-एक ēk-ēk ēk[adj.] oneमिनट minute minute minuteको kō kō[postp.] toसफल saphal saphal[adj.] successfulकर सकते हो kar saktē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]. . . .

55If you are constantly coloured with God's colour, that is, if you constantly keep the Father as your Companion, you are then able to make every thought and every moment, that is, every minute of the confluence age, worthwhile.

53तो tō tō thenचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toकि ki ki[conj.] thatएक ēk ēk[adj.] one- - - -एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneमिनट minute minute minuteएक-एक ēk-ēk ēk[adj.] oneसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtसफल saphal saphal[adj.] successfulहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

56So check whether your every minute and every thought are worthwhile.

54या yā yā orव्यर्थ vyarth vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] wastefulभी bhī bhī[p.] tooजाता है jātā hai jānā[pres.sg.m.23] go[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

57Or do they go to waste?

55क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneमिनट minute minute minuteनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not21 21 21 21जन्म janm janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] (be born[root]|life)का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकनेक्शन connection connection connectionहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)मिनट minute minute minuteऔर aur aur andहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)संकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 56इतनी itnī itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchवैल्यु value value Valuesहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

58Because it is not just one minute, but every minute and every thought have a connection with 21 births; they have this much value!

57तो tō tō thenअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसोचो sōchō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatइतनी itnī itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchवैल्यु value value Valuesसदा sadā sadā constantlyरहती है rahtī hai rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] remain[pres.sg.f.23] !  !  !  !

59So, think about whether you constantly keep this much value in your heart.

58इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisसंगम saṅgam saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluenceके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeके लिए kē liē kē liē[x] forकहा kahā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] say[past-part.m.sg.d.]हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]- - - - «  «  «  « अब ab ab[adv.] nowनहीं तो nahī̃ tō nahī̃ tō[x] otherwiseकब kab kab whenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

60It is said for the period of the confluence age: "If not now then never."

59 »  »  »  » इतनी itnī itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchवैल्यु value value Valuesसदा sadā sadā constantlyस्मृति smr̥iti smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] awarenessमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहे rahē rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]). . . .

61Always have this value in your awareness.

60तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allने nē nē[postp.] ∅आज āj āj todayहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)मनाई manāī manānā[past-part.f.] celebrate[past-part.f.]अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसदा sadā sadā constantlyबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)संग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)लगाया lagāyā lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] attach[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

62So, all of you celebrated Holi today, that is, you coloured yourself with the colour of the Father's constant company.

61तो tō tō thenसारा sārā sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the wholeदिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayचेक check check checkकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)लगा lagā lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x)हुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]रहा rahā rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?  ?  ?  ?

63So, did you check throughout the whole day whether you remained coloured with the Father's colour?

62परमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulसंग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहे rahē rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23])या yā yā orऔर aur aur andभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeवा vā vā orसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtगया gayā jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] go[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

64Did you stay in God's company or did your time and thoughts also go somewhere else?

63चेक check check checkकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

65Did you check this?

64कांध kāndh kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] shoulderहिलाओ hilāō hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]हाथ hāth hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] handनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

66Nod in agreement. 67Do not wave your hands, but nod.

65बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसदा sadā sadā constantlyही hī hī[p.] onlyइशारा iśhārā iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] signalदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownमन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)शुभ śhubh śhubh[adj.] pure and positiveसतोगुणी satōguṇī satōguṇī[adj.] satoguniसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughप्रकृति prakr̥iti prakr̥iti[x] matterको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसतोगुणी satōguṇī satōguṇī[adj.] satoguniबनाते रहो banātē rahō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

68BapDada constantly signals to you: With the pure satoguni thoughts of your mind, continue to make matter (the elements) satoguni (pure).

66तो tō tō thenवह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatमन्सा mansā mansā through the mindसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceरहती है rahtī hai rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] remain[pres.sg.f.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

69Do you remember that service of the mind?

67क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowप्रकृति prakr̥iti prakr̥iti[x] matterबड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअपना apnā apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] (one’s own|adopt[root])कार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

70Because the elements are now going to carry out their work in a big way.

68यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisतो tō tō thenछोटी chhōṭī chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] smallसी C|see|sī C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] (x|see)बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butप्रकृति prakr̥iti prakr̥iti[x] matterको kō kō[postp.] toमनुष्यात्मायें manuṣhyātmāyē̃ manuṣhyātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] xतंग taṅg taṅg[adj.] xकरती हैं kartī haĩ karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] do[pres.pl.f.12hon3]तो tō tō thenवह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooतंग taṅg taṅg[adj.] xकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]शुरू śhurū śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] beginningकरती है kartī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23] do[pres.sg.f.23]इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeबाप कहते हैं bāp kahtē haĩ bāp kahtē haĩ[x] the Father saysजैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeमायाजीत māyājīt māyājīt[adj.] xबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअटेन्शन attention attention attentionरखते हो rakhtē hō rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] keep[pres.pl.m.2]. . . . 69रखते हो rakhtē hō rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] keep[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

71This was just a small matter, but human souls have troubled the elements a lot and so they will also begin to cause trouble, and this is why the Father says: Just as you are paying attention to become conquerors of Maya - you do pay attention to this, do you not?

70माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaसे sē sē[postp.] fromवायदा vāydā vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] promiseहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]आपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]आना ānā ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x)और aur aur andहमारा hamārā ham[pn.pl.kā] we[.kā]काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]विजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryप्राप्त करना prāpt karnā prāpt karnā[x] reach. . . .

72You have promised Maya: It is your duty to come and our duty to attain victory over you.

71किया है kiyā hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅वायदा vāydā vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] promiseसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allने nē nē[postp.] ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

73All of you have promised this, have you not?

72किया है kiyā hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

74Have you?

73मायाजीत māyājīt māyājīt[adj.] xबनना है bannā hai bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] become[pres.sg.23.oblig1]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

75You want to become a conqueror of Maya, do you not?

74ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchही hī hī[p.] onlyप्रकृति prakr̥iti prakr̥iti[x] matterजीत jīt jīt[n.f.;sg.]|jītnā[root] (x|x[root])भी bhī bhī[p.] tooबनना है bannā hai bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] become[pres.sg.23.oblig1]क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]राज्य करना है rājya karnā hai rājya karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] xना nā nā ∅. . . .

76Similarly, you also have to become a conqueror of the elements, because you want to rule the kingdom, do you not?

75आपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]राज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomआ रहा है ā rahā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] come[pres.sg.m.prog.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

77Your kingdom is coming, is it not?

76नशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

78Do you have this intoxication?

77लोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] peopleतो tō tō thenबिचारे bichārē bichārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] poor peopleसोचते हैं sōchtē haĩ sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] think[pres.pl.m.12hon3]क्या kyā kyā whatहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]डरते हैं ḍartē haĩ ḍarnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] have fear[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . . 78लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youको kō kō[postp.] toपता patā patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] knowledgeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowसंगमयुग saṅgamyug saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluence ageअमृतवेला amr̥itvēlā amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] amrit velaचल रहा है chal rahā hai chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23]. . . . 79तो tō tō thenअमृतवेले amr̥itvēlē amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] amrit velaके बाद kē bād kē bād[x] afterक्या kyā kyā whatआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

79People are wondering about what will happen and they are afraid, whereas you all know that it is now the amrit vela, the confluence age, and what comes after amrit vela?

80सवेरा savērā savērā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] morning. . . .

80Morning.

81उस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatसवेरे savērē savērē in the morningमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inही hī hī[p.] onlyहमारा hamārā ham[pn.pl.kā] we[.kā]राज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomआना है ānā hai ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] come[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

81"Our kingdom is going to come in that morning."

82है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅नशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxication !  !  !  !

82You have this intoxication, do you not?

83हमारा hamārā ham[pn.pl.kā] we[.kā]राज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatकेवल kēval kēval xमहारथियों mahārathiyō̃ mahārathī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] maharathiके लिए kē liē kē liē[x] forराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

83Is it "our kingdom" or just the kingdom for the maharathis?

84आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसबका sabkā sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] everyone'sराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

84It is the kingdom of all of you.

85आपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]चिंता chintā chintā[n.f.;sg.] worryनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notक्या kyā kyā whatहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

85You are not worried about what will happen.

86अच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaते tē sē fromअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

86You know that the best of all will happen.

87तो tō tō thenआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]राज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inप्रकृति prakr̥iti prakr̥iti[x] matterभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसतोप्रधान satōpradhān satōpradhān[adj.] satopradhanहोनी है hōnī hai hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] be[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

87In your kingdom, even matter has to be satopradhan.

88तो tō tō thenप्रकृति prakr̥iti prakr̥iti[x] matterको kō kō[postp.] toतमोगुणी tamōguṇī tamoguṇī[adj.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromसतोगुणी satōguṇī satōguṇī[adj.] satoguniकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoबनायेगा banāyēgā banānā[fut.m.sg.23] create[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

88Who is going to make the impure matter pure?

89कि ki ki[conj.] thatप्रकृति prakr̥iti prakr̥iti[x] matterजैसी jaisī jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] likeभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहो चलेगी hō chalēgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+calnā] be[fut.f.sg.23.root+calnā] ?  ?  ?  ?

89Or will it be OK for matter to be as it is?

90आपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]राज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inचलेगा chalēgā chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] continue[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

90Will it do in your kingdom?

91चलेगा chalēgā chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] continue[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

91Will it?

92हाँ hā̃ hā̃ yesकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]या yā yā orना nā nā ∅करो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

92Say "yes" or "no"!

93नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notचलेगी chalēgī chalnā[fut.f.sg.23] continue[fut.f.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

93Will it do?

94तो tō tō thenप्रकृति prakr̥iti prakr̥iti[x] matterको kō kō[postp.] toसतोगुणी satōguṇī satōguṇī[adj.] satoguniकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoबनायेगा banāyēgā banānā[fut.m.sg.23] create[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

94So, who will make matter pure?

95आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youही hī hī[p.] onlyबनायेंगे banāyēṅgē banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] create[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

95You will do this, will you not?

96इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowअचानक achānak achānak suddenlyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofपहला pahlā pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xदृश्य dr̥iśhya dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xछोटा chhōṭā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] smallहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisशुरू हुआ है śhurū huā hai śhurū hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] x. . . .

96That is why the first scene of "suddenly", just a small one, has just begun.

97अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतो tō tō thenबड़े-बड़े baṛē-baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryआने हैं ānē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1]और aur aur andअचानक achānak achānak suddenlyही hī hī[p.] onlyआने हैं ānē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1]. . . .

97Now, more and bigger scenes are yet to come, and they will come suddenly.

98जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसोच sōch sōchnā[root] think[root]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]वही vahī vahī thisहोना है hōnā hai hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] be[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

98What you never even thought of is going to happen.

99बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅तो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut veryसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeसे sē sē[postp.] fromअचानक achānak achānak suddenlyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofपाठ pāṭh pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lessonपढ़ाया है paṛhāyā hai paṛhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] teach[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

99BapDada has been teaching you the lesson of "suddenly" for a long time.

100लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowप्रत्यक्ष pratyakṣha pratyakṣh[adj.] visibleरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]करके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowअपना apnā apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] (one’s own|adopt[root])काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)शुरू śhurū śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] beginningकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . . 101घबराओ ghabrāō ghabrānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] be afraid[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

100However, now, seeing this in a practical form, you have to begin your work and not be afraid.

102कहानी kahānī kahānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xसुनाते हैं sunātē haĩ sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅- - - -चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereआग लगी āg lagī āg lagnā[past-part.f.] be set on fireलेकिन lēkin lēkin butपरमात्मा paramātmā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childसेफ safe safe safeरहे rahē rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]). . . .

101You tell the story of how there was fire all around and yet God's children remained safe.

103तो tō tō thenअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childतो tō tō thenसेफ safe safe safeहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

102So, even now, the children are safe, are they not?

104पेपर paper paper paperतो tō tō thenआने ānē ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.])ही hī hī[p.] onlyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]डबल double double doubleकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

103Test papers will definitely come, but you have to carry out double work.

105एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneतो tō tō thenनिर्भय nirbhay nirbhay[adj.] xहोके hōkē hōnā[abs.] be[abs.]सामना करो sāmnā karō sāmnā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] face[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]दूसरा dūsrā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] otherअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownभक्त bhakta bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] devoteeऔर aur aur andअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownदुःखी duḥkhī duḥkhī[adj.]|duḥkhnā[past-part.f.] (unhappy|hurt[past-part.f.])भाई-बहिनों bhāī-bahinō̃ bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] brother and sisterकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

104First, you have to face everything while being fearless. 105Second, who is going to serve your devotees and your unhappy brothers and sisters?

106आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youप्रभु prabhu prabhu Godके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)संग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)लगे lagē lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (x|x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.])हुए हो huē hō hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] be[pres-perf.pl.m.2]तो tō tō thenजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatपरमात्मा paramātmā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)संग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)रंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inप्राप्त किया है prāpt kiyā hai prāpt karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] reachवह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownभाई bhāī bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother)बहिनों bahinō̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] xको kō kō[postp.] toभक्तों bhaktō̃ bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] devoteeको kō kō[postp.] toखूब khūb khūb[adj.] a lotप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसे sē sē[postp.] fromदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromबांटो bāṇṭō bāṇṭnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] distribute[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

106You are coloured with the colour of God's company and, so, whatever you have attained by being coloured with the colour of God's company you have to distribute that to your brothers, sisters and devotees with a lot of love.

107दुःख duḥkh duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] (hurt[root]|sorrow)के K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

107Who is remembered at a time of sorrow?

108फिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessपरमात्मा paramātmā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulचाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)समझें samajhē̃ samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] understand[opt.pl.12hon3]चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसमझें samajhē̃ samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] understand[opt.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butमजबूरी majbūrī majbūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहे hē hē xबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherहे hē hē xपरमात्मा paramātmā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]जरूर jarūr zarūr definitely. . . .

108Whether they consider Him to be God or not, even out of compulsion, they would definitely say, "Oh Father! 109Oh God!"

109तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youपरमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowदुःखियों duḥkhiyō̃ duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] unhappyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसहारा sahārā sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] supportबनना है bannā hai bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] become[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

110So, you children of God now have to become supports for those who are in sorrow.

110उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toशुभ भावना śhubh bhāvnā śhubh bhāvnā[x] pure feelingशुभ कामना śhubh kāmnā śhubh kāmnā[x] good wishesद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedहुई huī hōnā[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.]किरणों kiraṇō̃ kiraṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] rayद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughसहारा sahārā sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] supportबनो banō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

111Become their support with your good wishes, pure feelings and the rays that you have received from the Father.

111फिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]परिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

112After all, they are your family, are they not?

112तो tō tō thenपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneदो dō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two)को kō kō[postp.] toसहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

113In a family, co-operation is given to one another.

113तो tō tō thenनाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]सह sah sah co-योग yōg yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yogaश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedयोग yōg yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yoga. . . .

114The very name is "sah yoga" (co-operation), elevated yoga.

114वही vahī vahī thisसाधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]सहारा sahārā sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] supportदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] of. . . .

115This is the means of giving support.

115सन्देश sandēśh sandēśh[x] messageभी bhī bhī[p.] tooभेजा था bhējā thā bhējnā[past-perf.m.sg.] x[past-perf.m.sg.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeफिक्स fix fix fixकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

116You were given a message to fix a time for yourself.

116ऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't thatहो जायेगा hō jāyēgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeट्राफिक कन्ट्रोल traffic control traffic control[x] traffic controlअमृतवेला amr̥itvēlā amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] amrit velaनिश्चित niśhchit niśhchit[adj.] fixedहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

117Do not think: It will happen. 118You have fixed times for traffic control and amrit vela, have you not?

117ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ (under)यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisमन्सा mansā mansā through the mindसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ (under)अति ati ati xआवश्यक āvaśhyak āvaśhyak[adj.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

119In the same way, according to your task, now, according to the time, this service through the mind is extremely essential.

118तो tō tō thenसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeनिकालो nikālō nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]रहमदिल merciful merciful mercifulबनो banō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

120So, make time for this. 121Be merciful!

119कल्याणकारी kalyāṇkārī kalyāṇkārī[adj.] beneficialबनो banō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

122Be benevolent!

120आपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]स्वमान svamān svamān[x] self-respectक्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

123What is your self-respect?

121विश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldकल्याणकारी kalyāṇkārī kalyāṇkārī[adj.] beneficial. . . .

124World benefactors.

122तो tō tō thenरहम rahm rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mercy आता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

125So, do you feel mercy?

123कि ki ki[conj.] thatहो जायेगा hō jāyēgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

126Or, do you think, "It will happen"?

124इसमें ismē̃ yah[pn.sg.mē̃] this[.mē̃]अलबेले albēlē albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] carelessनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseजिन्हों jinhō̃ jō[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसकाश sakāśh sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sakaashदेंगे dēgē dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]वही vahī vahī thisआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]भक्त bhakta bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] devoteeबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeक्या kyā kyā whatकरना है karnā hai karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?  ?  ?  ?

127You mustn't be careless in this, because whomever you give sakaash to will become your devotees. 128So, what must you do?

125है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]अटेन्शन attention attention attentionहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

129Do you pay this attention?

126जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसमझते हैं samajhtē haĩ samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3]हमारा hamārā ham[pn.pl.kā] we[.kā]अटेन्शन attention attention attentionहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andबढ़ेगा baṛhēgā baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23] grow[fut.m.sg.23]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatहाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

130Those of you who feel that you are paying attention to this and that it will increase, raise your hands!

127नीचे-ऊपर nīchē-ūpar nīchē-ūpar fluctuationकर रहे हैं kar rahē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

131You are putting your hands up and down.

128यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereदेखने dēkhnē dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] see[inf.m.pl.,o.]आ रहे हैं ā rahē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

132It is all visible on the TV.

129 ( ( ( (टी T T x. . . .वी V|we V|we (x). . . .में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in) ) ) ) अगर agar agar ifइतने itnē itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allने nē nē[postp.] ∅अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownस्वमान svamān svamān[x] self-respectको kō kō[postp.] toप्रैक्टिकल practical practical practicalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलाया lāyā lānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसंगम saṅgam saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluenceपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)आपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromगीत gīt gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xगायेंगे gāyēṅgē gānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sing[fut.m.pl.12hon3]वाह vāh vāh wah!परमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childवाह vāh vāh wah! !  !  !  !

133If so many of you put your self-respect into the practical form then, even now, at the confluence age, souls will sing songs of your praise: Wah God's children! 134Wah!

130हमें hamē̃ ham[pn.pl.kō] we[.kō]सहारा sahārā sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] supportदिया diyā dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] give[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

135You have given us so much support!

131आपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]लिए liē liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.])अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसहारा sahārā sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] supportआधाकल्प ādhākalp ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] for half a cycleआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]गीत gīt gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xगाते रहेंगे gātē rahē̃gē gānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] sing[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

136For you, it is a matter of giving support at this time and they will continue to sing your songs for half the cycle.

132आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youउसके uskē uskā[pn.sg.kē] of that[.kē]पूर्वज pūrvaj pūrvaj[adj.] ancestorहो जायेंगे hō jāyēṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

137You will become their ancestors.

133पूर्वज pūrvaj pūrvaj[adj.] ancestorहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

138You are ancestors.

134झाड़ jhāṛ jhāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] treeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereबैठे हैं baiṭhē haĩ baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmin. . . .

139Where are Brahmins sitting in the picture of the tree?

135नीचे nīchē nīchē downबैठे हैं baiṭhē haĩ baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

140You are sitting under it, are you not?

136तो tō tō thenपूर्वज pūrvaj pūrvaj[adj.] ancestorहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

141So, you are the ancestors, too, are you not?

137आवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseसुनने sunnē sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] listen[inf.m.pl.,o.]आता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]भक्तों bhaktō̃ bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] devoteeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] of ?  ?  ?  ?

142Can you hear the sound of the devotees?

138थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toसावधान करो sāvdhān karō sāvdhān karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] caution[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]दुःखियों duḥkhiyō̃ duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] unhappyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसहारा sahārā sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] supportबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseसुनने sunnē sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] listen[inf.m.pl.,o.]आयेगी āyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23] come[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

143Caution yourself a little. 144You have to become a support for those who are in sorrow. 145When you think that you have to become a support for those who are in sorrow, you will hear their sound.

139तो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allने nē nē[postp.] ∅होली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)तो tō tō thenमनाई manāī manānā[past-part.f.] celebrate[past-part.f.]आपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]तो tō tō thenसारा sārā sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the wholeसंगम saṅgam saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluenceही hī hī[p.] onlyहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

146So, did everyone celebrate Holi? 147For you, the whole confluence age is Holi.

140परमात्मा paramātmā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)संग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)रंग raṅg raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] (x[root]|colour)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inही hī hī[p.] onlyरहते हो rahtē hō rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] remain[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

148You remain constantly in the colour of God's company.

141यादगार yādgār yādgār[x] memorialमनाते हैं manātē haĩ manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3]एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneदो dō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two)दिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayलेकिन lēkin lēkin butआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youतो tō tō thenपूरा pūrā pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fullसंगम saṅgam saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluenceप्रभु prabhu prabhu Godके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)संग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

149The memorial is celebrated for one or two days, whereas you stay in God's company for the whole confluence age.

142नशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

150You have this intoxication, do you not?

143लोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] peopleबिचारे bichārē bichārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] poor peopleमांगते रहते हैं māṅgtē rahtē haĩ mā̃gnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]हे hē hē xप्रभु prabhu prabhu Godयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisकर दो kar dō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatकर दो kar dō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]21 21 21 21जन्म janm janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] (be born[root]|life)की key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)गैरन्टी guarantee guarantee guaranteeमिली है milī hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23]कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everदुःख duḥkh duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] (hurt[root]|sorrow)का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofस्वप्न svapn svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dreamमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someदृश्य dr̥iśhya dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआयेगा āyēgā ānā[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

151The poor, helpless people are constantly begging: God, do this for us! 152Do that for us! 153However, you have received a guarantee for births that you will not have any scenes of sorrow, even in your dreams.

144संकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदुःख duḥkh duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] (hurt[root]|sorrow)की key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)लहर lahar lahar[n.f.;sg.] waveनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआयेगी āyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23] come[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

154No waves of sorrow will come, even in your thoughts.

145तो tō tō thenसदा sadā sadā constantlyहर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneको kō kō[postp.] toअगर agar agar ifराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomलेना है lēnā hai lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] take[pres.sg.23.oblig1]तो tō tō thenअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyसतयुग satyug satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] golden ageका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसाथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionऔर aur aur andरॉयल royal royal royalप्रजा prajā prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसाधारण sādhāraṇ sādhāraṇ[adj.] ordinaryप्रजा prajā prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसब sab sab[adj.] allअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowबना सकते हो banā saktē hō banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] create[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]. . . .

155If each one of you wants to claim the kingdom for all time, then you can create your companions of the family of the golden age, the royal subjects and the ordinary subjects at this time.

14621 21 21 21जन्म janm janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] (be born[root]|life)की key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)गैरन्टी guarantee guarantee guaranteeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

156You have a guarantee for 21 births.

147थोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortसी C|see|sī C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] (x|see)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeनिकालो nikālō nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]पास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)संकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiतो tō tō thenहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ही hī hī[p.] only. . . .

157Do a little service and make some time, because you have the power of thought, anyway.

148सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownभाई-बहिनों bhāī-bahinō̃ bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] brother and sisterको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदो dō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two). . . .

158Simply, also give what you have received from the Father to your brothers and sisters.

149बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooकहा था kahā thā kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] say[past-perf.m.sg.]तो tō tō thenअपना apnā apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] (one’s own|adopt[root])सदा sadā sadā constantlyयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमुझे mujhē maĩ[pn.sg.kō] I[.kō]ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)बीच bīch bīch centreसंस्कार मिलन saṅskār milan saṅskār milan[x] harmonisation of sanskarasकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)रास rās rās[n.m.;sg.,d.] raasकरनी है karnī hai karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

159BapDada had told you earlier too: Constantly check that you are performing the dance of harmonising sanskars in the midst of the Brahmin family.

150बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅कहा था kahā thā kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] say[past-perf.m.sg.]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatरास rās rās[n.m.;sg.,d.] raasकब kab kab whenकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]उसकी uskī vah[pn.sg.kī] that[.kī]डेट date date dateभी bhī bhī[p.] tooफिक्स fix fix fixकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

160BapDada had asked you to fix a date for when you are going to perform that dance.

151फिक्स fix fix fixहो सकती है hō saktī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ?

161Can it be fixed?

152हो सकती है hō saktī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ?

162Can it?

153पहली pahlī pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] xलाइन line line lineबताओ batāō batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

163Those in the first row, speak!

154हाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

164Raise your hands!

155हो सकती है hō saktī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ?

165Can it happen?

156पाण्डव pāṇḍav pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] Pandavaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooउठाओ uṭhāō uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

166Even you Pandavas have to raise your hands.

157पाण्डवों pāṇḍavō̃ pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Pandavaके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)बिना binā binā withoutगति gati gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] speedनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

167There cannot be salvation without the Pandavas.

158अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

168Achcha.

159तो tō tō thenअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowलास्ट last last lastटर्न turn tum youहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneटर्न turn tum youरहा rahā rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.])हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

169It is now the last turn. 170One more meeting still remains.

160उसमें usmē̃ vah[pn.sg.mē̃] that[.mē̃]हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownलिए liē liē|lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (for|take[past-part.m.pl.,o.])क्या kyā kyā whatदृढ़ dr̥iṛh dr̥iṛh[adj.] determinedसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatफिक्स fix fix fixकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]लिखना likhnā likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] write[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . . 161कितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeलगेगा lagēgā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] x[fut.m.sg.23]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसंस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarअपना apnā apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] (one’s own|adopt[root])कार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरे karē karnā[opt.sg.23] do[opt.sg.23]. . . .

171For that, each one of you has to fix and write down the determined thought that you are going to have for yourself. 172How long will it take for the whole Brahmin family to stop using their old sanskars?

162चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)मेरा mērā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] I[.kā]संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarचाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)दूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसंस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमेरे mērē maĩ[pn.sg.kē] I[.kē]को kō kō[postp.] toप्रभाव prabhāv prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notडाले ḍālē ḍālnā[opt.sg.23]|ḍālnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (create[opt.sg.23]|create[past-part.m.pl.,o.]). . . .

173"Whether it is my own sanskar or the sanskars of others, these should not influence me."

163यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisडेट फिक्स date fix date fix[x] fix a dateहो सकती है hō saktī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ?

174Can this date be fixed?

164हो सकती है hō saktī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ?

175Can it?

165हाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

176Raise your hands!

166अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofफोटो phōṭō photo photographनिकाला nikālā nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] !  !  !  ! 167क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseजैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisअचानक achānak achānak suddenlyसीन scene scene sceneदेखी dēkhī dēkhnā[past-part.f.] see[past-part.f.]ना nā nā ∅. . . . 168ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchसब sab sab[adj.] allअचानक achānak achānak suddenlyही hī hī[p.] onlyहोना है hōnā hai hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] be[pres.sg.23.oblig1]इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaतैयारी taiyārī taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xतो tō tō thenदेखेंगे dēkhē̃gē dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

177Achcha. 178Take everyone's photo, because, just as you saw that scene of "suddenly", in the same way, everything is going to happen suddenly and this is why BapDada wants to see the preparations.

169जब jab jab whenदूसरों dūsrō̃ dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] otherको kō kō[postp.] toशुभ भावना śhubh bhāvnā śhubh bhāvnā[x] pure feelingशुभ कामना śhubh kāmnā śhubh kāmnā[x] good wishesदेते हो dētē hō dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] give[pres.pl.m.2]बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅देखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.]यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisदूसरों dūsrō̃ dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] otherकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबनाया था banāyā thā banānā[past-perf.m.sg.] create[past-perf.m.sg.]तो tō tō thenअगर agar agar ifहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)आत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulके प्रति kē prati kē prati[x] forसदा sadā sadā constantlyशुभ भावना śhubh bhāvnā śhubh bhāvnā[x] pure feelingऔर aur aur andशुभ कामना śhubh kāmnā śhubh kāmnā[x] good wishesरखो rakhō rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]नम्बरवार number-vār number-wār numberwiseतो tō tō thenहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

179You give good wishes and have pure feelings for others - BapDada saw that you made a programme to serve others. 180So, if you have good wishes and pure feelings constantly for every soul...... it has to be numberwise, anyway.

170आपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]माला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandयादगार yādgār yādgār[x] memorialएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneनम्बर number number numberसब sab sab[adj.] allहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]क्या kyā kyā what ?  ?  ?  ?

181In the memorial of your rosary, is everyone number one?

171नम्बरवार number-vār number-wār numberwiseहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butमाला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenपिरोये हैं pirōyē haĩ pirōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be threaded[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

182They are numberwise and yet they are threaded in the rosary, are they not?

172नम्बर number number numberक्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyमिला milā milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) ?  ?  ?  ?

183Why did they get a number?

173भिन्न-भिन्न bhinn-bhinn bhinn[adj.] differentसंस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butहमको hamkō ham[pn.pl.kō] we[.kō]संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarदेखने dēkhnē dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] see[inf.m.pl.,o.]के बजाए kē bajāē kē bajāē[x] instead ofशुभ भावना śhubh bhāvnā śhubh bhāvnā[x] pure feelingशुभ कामना śhubh kāmnā śhubh kāmnā[x] good wishesरखनी है rakhnī hai rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

184They have different sanskars but, instead of seeing their sanskars, you have to have good wishes and pure feelings.

174आखिर ākhir ākhir at lastभी bhī bhī[p.] tooब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

185Ultimately, they are also part of the Brahmin family.

175कैसा kaisā kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] howभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]परिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyतो tō tō thenमेरा mērā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] I[.kā]है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

186"It does not matter what they are like, they are my family, are they not?"

176जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeमेरा mērā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] I[.kā]बाबा bābā bābā Babaकहते हो kahtē hō kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] say[pres.pl.m.2]वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xमेरा mērā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] I[.kā]परिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

187Just as you say "Mera Baba" (My Baba), in the same way, it is also my family.

177तो tō tō thenअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]मैजारिटी majority majority majorityने nē nē[postp.] ∅हाथ उठाया है hāth uṭhāyā hai hāth uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] raise your hands. . . .

188It is good that the majority of you have raised your hands.

178तो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofउमंग-उत्साह umaṅg-utsāh umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] zeal and enthusiasmहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तब tab tab for only thenतो tō tō thenहाथ उठाया है hāth uṭhāyā hai hāth uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] raise your handsना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

189So, all of you have this zeal and enthusiasm and that is why you raised your hands.

179तो tō tō thenएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneदो dō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two)को kō kō[postp.] toसहयोगी sahyōgī sahyōgī[adj.] co-operativeबन ban bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] (become[root]|x)शुभ भावना śhubh bhāvnā śhubh bhāvnā[x] pure feelingशुभ कामना śhubh kāmnā śhubh kāmnā[x] good wishesकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)दृष्टि dr̥iṣhṭi dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] drishtiवृत्ति vr̥itti vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] attitudeस्मृति smr̥iti smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] awarenessरखने rakhnē rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] keep[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisरास rās rās[n.m.;sg.,d.] raasहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someबड़ी baṛī baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] veryबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

190So, be co-operative with one another and, by having a vision, attitude and awareness of good wishes and pure feelings, it will not be a big thing to perform this dance.

180इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaनम्बर number number numberलेगा lēgā lēnā[fut.m.sg.23] take[fut.m.sg.23]डेट date date dateपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)प्रैक्टिकल practical practical practicalकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]दिखायेगा dikhāyēgā dikhānā[fut.m.sg.23] x[fut.m.sg.23]उनको unkō vah[pn.pl.kō] that[.kō]न्यारा nyārā nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uniqueऔर aur aur andप्यारा pyārā pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lovingइनाम inām inām[x] prizeमिलेगा milēgā milnā[fut.m.sg.23] receive[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

191Whoever claims a good number in this and carries this out practically by the date will receive a unique and lovely prize.

181इनाम inām inām[x] prizeअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबतायेंगे batāyēṅgē batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . . 182लेकिन lēkin lēkin butबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaइनाम inām inām[x] prizeदेंगे dēgē dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

192Baba will not tell you what the prize is now, but He will give a prize.

183क्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ why ?  ?  ?  ?

193Why?

184सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofटाइम time time timeनिकालना है nikālnā hai nikālnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

194You have to make time to do service, do you not?

185तो tō tō thenयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisसंस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)खिटखिट khiṭkhiṭ khiṭ-khiṭ complicationसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownतरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionखींच लेती है khīñch lētī hai khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] pull[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā]इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowआवश्यकता āvaśhyaktā āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] needहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

195The complication of sanskars takes away your time and this is why there is a need for your time.

186ठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

196Is this OK?

187यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

197All of these are residents of Madhuban, are they not?

188पसन्द pasand pasand[n.f.;sg.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

198Do you like it?

189क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवासी vāsī vāsī[adj.] residentविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

199Because those from Madhuban are special.

190बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanनिवासियों nivāsiyō̃ nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] residentप्रति prati prati forदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 191और aur aur andमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

200BapDada also has a lot of love in His heart for the residents of Madhuban, and those from Madhuban also have love for Baba.

192यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबाबा bābā bābā Babaकहते kahtē kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andरहेगा rahēgā rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] remain[fut.m.sg.23]. . . . 193मिट miṭ miṭnā[root] be rubbed off[root]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकता है saktā hai saknā[pres.sg.m.23] can[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

201Baba even says: You have love for the Father and it will always be there; it cannot be erased.

194अमर amar amar[adj.] immortalहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]इसमें ismē̃ yah[pn.sg.mē̃] this[.mē̃]. . . .

202You are immortal in this.

195तब tab tab for only thenतो tō tō thenमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवासी vāsī vāsī[adj.] residentबने हैं banē haĩ bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

203This is why you have become residents of Madhuban.

196कहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवासी vāsī vāsī[adj.] residentजाते हैं jātē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenकिस kis kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] (who|what)रिगार्ड regard regard regardसे sē sē[postp.] fromदेखते हैं dēkhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

204Wherever people from Madhuban go, with what vision do people see them?

197मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

205That they are from Madhuban; they are from Madhuban!

198इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisअटेन्शन attention attention attentionरखना rakhnā rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.]लास्ट last last lastटर्न turn tum youके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someस्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeमुकरर mukarar mukarar xकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]जहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownचिटकी chiṭkī chiṭkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] little noteडालें ḍālē̃ ḍālnā[opt.pl.12hon3] create[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

206Therefore, pay attention to this and, before the last turn, fix a place in Madhuban where everyone can put their notes.

199लेकिन lēkin lēkin butलास्ट last last lastटर्न turn tum youके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly). . . .

207However, this has to be before the last turn.

200सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allने nē nē[postp.] ∅होली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)मनाई manāī manānā[past-part.f.] celebrate[past-part.f.] ?  ?  ?  ?

208Did everyone celebrate Holi?

201आपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]तो tō tō thenरोज rōj rōz dayहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

209You have Holi every day.

202अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisतो tō tō thenबाहर bāhar bāhar outsideका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortमनाना होता है manānā hōtā hai manānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] celebrate[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1]. . . .

210Even now, this is just something you have to celebrate externally.

203कहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereमनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]जायें jāyē̃ jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] go[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

211Where will you go to celebrate it?

204यहीं yahī̃ yahī̃ xतो tō tō thenमनायेंगे manāyēṅgē manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

212You will celebrate it here, will you not?

205लेकिन lēkin lēkin butवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatहुई huī hōnā[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.]रीति rīti rīti[n.f.;sg.] wayरसम rasam rasm[n.f.;sg.] systems. . . .

213However, that is according to the custom and system.

206तो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)अति ati ati xस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingअति ati ati xप्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingलाडले lāḍlē lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xसिकीलधे sikīladhē sikīladhē[x] beloved, long-lost and now-foundस्वमानधारी svamāndhārī svamāndhārī[adj.] those with self-respectहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childको kō kō[postp.] toबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaपदमगुणा padamguṇā padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] multimillion-foldयादप्यार yādpyār yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] love, remembranceभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]और aur aur andदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofदुलार dulār dulār[n.m.;sg.,d.] love and affectionभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

214All BapDada's deeply loving, beloved children everywhere, the long-lost and now-found ones, who maintain their self-respect, BapDada is giving multimillionfold love and remembrance to every child, as well as love and affection from His heart.

207बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaदेख रहे हैं dēkh rahē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereसब sab sab[adj.] allसुनके sunkē sunnā[abs.] listen[abs.]देख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]के K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)हर्षित harṣhit harṣhit[adj.] cheerfulहो रहे हैं hō rahē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

215BapDada is seeing that those who are seeing and listening to Baba everywhere are happy.

208अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

216Achcha.

209आज āj āj todayपहली pahlī pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] xबारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

217Who has come for the first time today?

210उठो uṭhō uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

218Stand up!

211यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allपहली pahlī pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] xबारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

219All of these have come for the first time.

212अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

220Achcha.

213पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)बारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanनिवासी nivāsī nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] residentबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedहुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

221You have received the fortune of becoming residents of Madhuban for the first time.

214सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]भाई-बहिनें bhāī-bahinē̃ bhāī-bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] brother and sisterऔर aur aur andबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)बारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xआने ānē ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.])की key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

222All your brothers and sisters and BapDada are all congratulating you for coming here for the first time.

215अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaदेखेंगे dēkhē̃gē dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3]क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseचांस chance chance chanceहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatथोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortदेरी dērī dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatचाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooलास्ट last last lastसो sō sō|sōnā[root] (x|sleep[root])फास्ट fast fast fastजाकरके jākarkē jānā[abs.] go[abs.]फर्स्ट first first[adj.] firstनम्बर number number numberलेकर lēkar lēnā[abs.] take[abs.]फर्स्ट डिवीजन first division first division[x] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआ सकते हो ā saktē hō ānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] come[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]. . . .

223Now, BapDada will see that even now you still have a chance, because although you have come a little late, if you want to, even though you have come last, you can go fast and claim the first number and come in the first division.

216यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआज āj āj todayआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]उन un vah[pn.pl.o.] thatसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

224This is BapDada's blessing for all those children who have come today.

217सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)महावाक्य mahāvākya mahāvākya[n.m.;sg.,d.] elevated versionहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]उस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatश्रीमत śhrīmat śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] shrimatपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)चलते रहेंगे chaltē rahē̃gē chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]तो tō tō thenश्रीमत śhrīmat śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] shrimatआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]श्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedडिवीजन division division xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inला सकती है lā saktī hai lānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] x[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]लायेगी lāyēgī lānā[fut.f.sg.23] x[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

225If you simply continue to follow the shrimat as per the Father's elevated versions, then shrimat can and will take you into the elevated division.

218इतने itnē itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchसारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingतो tō tō thenबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butशुभ भावना śhubh bhāvnā śhubh bhāvnā[x] pure feelingशुभ कामना śhubh kāmnā śhubh kāmnā[x] good wishesहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youजितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreआगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ने baṛhnē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] grow[inf.m.pl.,o.]चाहो chāhō chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]उतना utnā utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xबढ़ सकते हो baṛh saktē hō baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] grow[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]. . . .

226You have received the Father's blessing in such a huge family, and there are the good wishes and pure feelings that you can move forward as much as you want.

219सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromदुआयें duāyē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingदेंगे dēgē dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

227They will all give you blessings from their hearts.

220जहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआते हो ātē hō ānā[pres.pl.m.2] come[pres.pl.m.2]वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]दुआयें duāyē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingमिलती रहेंगी miltī rahē̃gī milnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] receive[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]और aur aur andवह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatदुआयें duāyē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]तीव्र tīvr tīvr[adj.] intenseपुरूषार्थी purūṣhārthī purūṣhārthī[x] effort-makerबनाके banākē banānā[abs.] create[abs.]आगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ायेंगी baṛhāyēṅgī baṛhānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] increase[fut.f.pl.12hon3]यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithरखो rakhō rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

228Wherever you go, you will continue to receive blessings, and these blessings will make you intense effort-makers and make you go ahead; have this faith!

221अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

229Achcha.

222सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofटर्न turn tum youपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabजोन zone zone zoneका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] :  :  :  : ( ( ( (पंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabहिमाचल himācal x xहरियाणा hariyāṇā hariyāṇā xजम्मू jammū x xकश्मीर kaśhmīr kaśhmīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] Kashmirउतराचंल utarācãl x x) ) ) )  :  :  :  : पंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabतो tō tō thenहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ही hī hī[p.] onlyशेरे śhērē śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] lionपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjab. . . .

230It is the turn of Punjab zone to serve (Punjab, Himachal, Hariyana, Jammu Kashmir and Utaranchal). 231Punjab is the lioness.

223तो tō tō thenपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabतो tō tō thenशेर śhēr śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] lionअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isवारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirनिकालने nikālnē nikālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

232So Punjab will make the lions, that is the heirs, emerge.

224हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneसेन्टर centre centre centreअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownवारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirक्वालिटी quality quality xकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)लिस्ट list list listभेजना bhējnā bhējnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

233Every centre has to send a list of their heir- quality souls.

225शुरू śhurū śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] beginningसे sē sē[postp.] fromलेके lēkē lēnā[abs.] take[abs.]अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतक tak tak untilहर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneसेन्टर centre centre centreसे sē sē[postp.] fromकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soवारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirक्वालिटी quality quality xनिकले nikalē nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ?  ?  ?  ?

234From the beginning until now, how many heir- quality souls have emerged from every centre?

226और aur aur andवारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirक्वालिटी quality quality xतो tō tō thenकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooछिप chhip chhipnā[root] secretly[root]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकती है saktī hai saknā[pres.sg.f.23] can[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

235Heir- quality souls can never remain hidden anywhere.

227वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xतो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaआज āj āj todayवह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदेखने dēkhnē dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] see[inf.m.pl.,o.]चाहते हैं chāhtē haĩ chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatबुलन्द buland buland[adj.] xस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)माइक mike mike mikeकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

236In fact, even today, BapDada wants to see how many loud "mikes" there are.

228जिसका jiskā jō[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]आवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसुनके sunkē sunnā[abs.] listen[abs.]औरों aurō̃ aurō̃ othersकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदिलाराम dilārām dilārām xके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)तरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionआकर्षित ākarṣhit ākarṣhit[adj.] attractedहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅सुना है sunā hai sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatवर्ग varg varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] professionबहुत bahut bahut veryमिलने हैं milnē haĩ milnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] receive[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatवर्गो vargō varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] professionसे sē sē[postp.] fromपूछेंगे pūchhē̃gē pūchhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ask[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

237Hearing the sound of their hearts, the hearts of others also become attracted to the Comforter of Hearts. 238However, BapDada has heard that many wings are to meet and so He will ask the wings.

229लेकिन lēkin lēkin butपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allसेन्टर centre centre centreचाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)छोटा chhōṭā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] smallहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]वारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirक्वालिटी quality quality xकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soनिकले हैं nikalē haĩ nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

239How many heir- quality souls are there in all the small and big centres of Punjab?

230कब kab kab whenसे sē sē[postp.] fromनिकले हैं nikalē haĩ nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

240Since when did they come?

231क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)निकला है nikalā hai nikalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be extracted[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

241Punjab is also one of the first zones.

232पंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबहुत bahut bahut veryमहावीर mahāvīr mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] Mahavirमहारथी mahārathī mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] maharathiसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)अधिकारी adhikārī adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (one) who has a rightबने हैं banē haĩ bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]पालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])मिली है milī hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

242A lot of mahavirs and maharathis have claimed a right to service and have received sustenance.

233कई kaī kaī someपूर्वज pūrvaj pūrvaj[adj.] ancestorभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]गये हैं gayē haĩ jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

243Even some ancestors have done service there.

234बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabसे sē sē[postp.] fromप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]क्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ why ?  ?  ?  ?

244BapDada has love for Punjab. 245Why?

235क्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

246Why does He have love?

236क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनदियां nadiyā̃ nadī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] riverभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबहुत bahut bahut veryहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenजैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)नदियां nadiyā̃ nadī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] riverमशहूर maśhhūr maśhhūr[adj.] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchही hī hī[p.] onlyबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)तरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionसे sē sē[postp.] fromपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)सेवाधारी sēvādhārī sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] serverभी bhī bhī[p.] tooप्रसिद्ध prasiddh prasiddh[adj.] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

247Because there are many rivers in Punjab. 248Therefore, just as the rivers of Punjab are well known, in the same way, the servers of Punjab, who have been sent by BapDada, are well known.

237त्याग tyāg tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|tyāgnā[root] (renunciation|renounce[root])करने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]और aur aur andकराने karānē karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहोशियार hōśhiyār hōśhiyār[adj.] cleverहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeवारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirक्वालिटी quality quality xनिकालना nikālnā nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

249They are clever in renouncing and inspiring renunciation and this is why it is easy to make heir- quality souls emerge.

238बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)जोन zone zone zoneको kō kō[postp.] toनम्बरवन number one number one number oneदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]चाहते हैं chāhtē haĩ chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

250BapDada wishes to give every zone number one.

239बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅देखा है dēkhā hai dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] see[pres-perf.sg.m.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatजब jab jab whenजोन zone zone zoneआते हैं ātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतक tak tak untilकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneजोन zone zone zoneकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआया है āyā hai ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] come[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

251BapDada has seen that in all the zones that have come so far, there hasn't been a small number for any of the zones.

240एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneदो dō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two)से sē sē[postp.] fromआगे āgē āgē previouslyआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabको kō kō[postp.] toजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatनिकले nikalē nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.])हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceसे sē sē[postp.] fromहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toखास khās khās xसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]वारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirक्वालिटी quality quality xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलाना है lānā hai lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

252They are all ahead of one another and this is why those who have emerged from Punjab through service, have to do special service and make them heir quality.

241ला सकते हैं lā saktē haĩ lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]. . . .

253You can bring them.

242ध्यान dhyān dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] attentionदेंगे dēgē dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenनिकल जायेंगे nikal jāyēṅgē nikalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] be extracted[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

254If you pay attention, they will emerge.

243सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyक्वालिटी quality quality xको kō kō[postp.] toसमझकर samajhkar samajhnā[abs.] understand[abs.]उनके unkē vah[pn.pl.kē] that[.kē]ऊपर ūpar ūpar overथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortशुभ भावना śhubh bhāvnā śhubh bhāvnā[x] pure feelingशुभ कामना śhubh kāmnā śhubh kāmnā[x] good wishesकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)विशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortसा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortकरनी पड़ेगी karnī paṛēgī karnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] do[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butक्वालिटी quality quality xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

255Simply understand "quality" and make a little special effort over them with your good wishes and pure feelings. 256You will have to make a little special effort, because there is that quality.

244अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeभी bhī bhī[p.] tooथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortसा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xवैराग्य vairāgya vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] disinterestका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereअल्पकाल alpkāl alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] temporary periodका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofवैराग्य vairāgya vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] disinterestआया āyā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] come[past-part.m.sg.d.]हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

257Now, there is a little disinterest at this time; there is temporary disinterest everywhere.

245ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)हर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)जोन zone zone zoneऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchक्वालिटी quality quality xको kō kō[postp.] toसमझ samajh samajhnā[root]|samajh[n.f.;sg.] (understand[root]|understanding)आगे āgē āgē previouslyसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyबढ़ा सकते हो baṛhā saktē hō baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] increase[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]. . . .

258At such a time, every zone can understand the quality of souls and easily make them move forward.

246यज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingयज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireरक्षक rakṣhak rakṣhak[n.m.;sg.,d.] protectorबना सकते हो banā saktē hō banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] create[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]. . . .

259You can make them have love for the yagya and they can become protectors of the yagya.

247अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowताजा tājā tājā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hotवैराग्य vairāgya vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] disinterestहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

260There is now fresh disinterest.

248तो tō tō thenपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)आज āj āj todayपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofटर्न turn tum youहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenपंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabपहला नम्बर pahlā number pahlā number[x] xआरम्भ ārambh ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकरे karē karnā[opt.sg.23] do[opt.sg.23]. . . .

261Today, it is the turn of Punjab and so Punjab should claim this number one.

249अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

262It is good.

250बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसबका sabkā sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] everyone'sमुखड़ा mukhṛā mukhṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] faceदेख रहे हैं dēkh rahē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

263BapDada is seeing everyone's face.

251चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)दूर dūr dūr[adj.] distantहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butटी T T x. . . .वी V|we V|we (x). . . .में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनजदीक najdīk nazdīk xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

264Even though you may be far away, you are close through the TV.

252देख रहे हैं dēkh rahē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

265Baba is seeing you.

253अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

266Achcha.

2548 8 8 8विंग्स wings wing wingवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] :  :  :  : समाज samāj samāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceविंग wing wing wingदो dō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two)ट्रांसपोर्ट transport transport transportमीडिया media media mediaप्रशासक praśhāsak praśhāsak[adj.] administratorसाइंस science science scienceएण्ड and and andइंजीनियर engineer engineer engineerमेडिकल medical medical xसिक्युरिटी security security securityआई āī|eye|I ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x). . . .टी T T x. . . . ( ( ( (सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allविंग wing wing wingके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)भाई bhāī bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother)बहिनों bahinō̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] xको kō kō[postp.] toखड़ा khaṛā khaṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] standingकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ) ) ) मैजारिटी majority majority majorityतो tō tō thenविंग wing wing wingवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoही hī hī[p.] onlyदिखाई देते हैं dikhāī dētē haĩ dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be visibleऔर aur aur andबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allविंग्स wings wing wingआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]और aur aur andसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकर रहे हैं kar rahē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅देखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.]विंग्स wings wing wingके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)रिजल्ट result result resultअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaते tē sē fromअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहो रही है hō rahī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] be[pres.sg.f.prog.23]क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromअलग-अलग alag-alag alag[adj.] separateहो गये हैं hō gayē haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅तो tō tō thenहर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneअपने-अपने apnē-apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownविंग wing wing wingमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inदिनप्रतिदिन dinpratidin pratidin day by dayउन्नति unnati unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] self-progressकर kar karnā[root] do[root]और aur aur andआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] toनजदीक najdīk nazdīk xला रहे हैं lā rahē haĩ lānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaहर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneविंग wing wing wingके ऊपर kē ūpar kē ūpar[x] overसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceके ऊपर kē ūpar kē ūpar[x] overखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

267Eight Wings have come today. 268(Social Service, Transport, Media, Administration, Science & Engineering, Medical, Security and IT. 269All brothers and sisters of the different Wings were made to stand up.) 270The majority visible are those of the different Wings. 271All the Wings that have come and are doing service, BapDada has seen that the result of their service is becoming the best of all because you had become separated by doing service everywhere. 272However, each of you is now progressing day by day in your own wing and bringing souls closer. 273This is why BapDada is pleased with each wing and their service.

255ताली tālī tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] clappingतो tō tō thenबजाओ bajāō bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

274You may clap.

256अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowआगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़के baṛhkē baṛhnā[abs.] grow[abs.]क्या kyā kyā whatकरना है karnā hai karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?  ?  ?  ?

275What do you have to do in the future now?

257सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceतो tō tō thenविस्तार vistār vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] expansionको kō kō[postp.] toप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedहो रही है hō rahī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] be[pres.sg.f.prog.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceसे sē sē[postp.] fromसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toहर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneविंग wing wing wingइकठ्ठा ikaṭhṭhā ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] togetherकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toयज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingबनाओ banāō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

276Service is growing, but every wing should now gather together all those who have come close through service and enable them to have love for the yagya.

258यज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneबारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xआये āyē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23])यज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inवह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatअलग alag alag[adj.] separateबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butउन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toयज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireक्या kyā kyā whatचीज chīj chīz[n.f.;sg.] thingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]यज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसे sē sē[postp.] fromक्या kyā kyā whatहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]नजदीक najdīk nazdīk xलाओ lāō lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

277If they have come to the yagya (Madhuban) once, that is a different matter, but tell them about what the yagya is and what the love is that they receive from the yagya and bring them close.

259थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortघरू gharū gharū[adj.] feel at homeबनाओ banāō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

278Make them a little more at home.

260भाषण bhāṣhaṇ bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] lectureसुनते हैं suntē haĩ sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3]भाषण bhāṣhaṇ bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] lectureकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]इसमें ismē̃ yah[pn.sg.mē̃] this[.mē̃]पास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसाथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionबन जायें ban jāyē̃ bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooलिस्ट list list listनिकालो nikālō nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

279They listen to the lectures and give lectures - you have passed in that - but they should now become companions of the family. 280Now make that list.

261हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneविंग wing wing wingसे sē sē[postp.] fromकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soयज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)सम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

281How many have come into contact with the yagya through each wing?

262बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toसुनाया था sunāyā thā sunānā[past-perf.m.sg.] speak[past-perf.m.sg.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatकई kaī kaī someआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulमुरली murlī murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] fluteतक tak tak untilपहुंचे हैं pahuñchē haĩ pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

282BapDada was told that some souls have even started coming for the murli.

263यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

283That is also good.

264जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeमुरली murlī murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] fluteतक tak tak untilपहुंचे हैं pahuñchē haĩ pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xयज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingक्या kyā kyā whatहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]यज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulक्या-क्या kyā-kyā kyā whatकर kar karnā[root] do[root]स्वयं svayã svayã xको kō kō[postp.] toआगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ा सकती हैं baṛhā saktī haĩ baṛhānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] increase[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā]अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulनिकालो nikālō nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

284Just as they have started to listen to the murli, in the same way, now make them understand what it means to have love for the yagya and what an instrument soul who has love for the yagya can do. 285They can make themselves move forward. 286Now, make such instrument souls emerge.

265भाषण bhāṣhaṇ bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] lectureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमददगार madadgār madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] helperबने हैं banē haĩ bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]औरों aurō̃ aurō̃ othersको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपरिचय parichay parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] introductionदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]के निमित्त kē nimitt kē nimitt[x] xबने हैं banē haĩ bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]इसकी iskī yah[pn.sg.kī] this[.kī]तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsदी the|dī the|dēnā[past-part.f.] (the|give[past-part.f.])मुरली murlī murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] fluteतक tak tak untilभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपहुंचे हैं pahuñchē haĩ pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowउन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toआगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ाओ baṛhāō baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . . 266जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyसहयोगी sahyōgī sahyōgī[adj.] co-operativeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलेकिन lēkin lēkin butस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . . 267यज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingयज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireसहयोगी sahyōgī sahyōgī[adj.] co-operativeपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभाती हूँ bhātī hū̃ bhānā[pres.sg.f.1] be liked[pres.sg.f.1]. . . .

287They have become helpers in giving lectures and in becoming instruments to give the introduction to others, and BapDada has given you congratulations for that. 288Enable those who have reached the murli to move forward so that they consider themselves to be not just co-operative souls, but also those who have love: one who has love for the yagya, one who co-operates with the yagya and with a member of the family."

268चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)वी V|we V|we (x). . . .आई āī|eye|I ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x). . . .पी है pī hai pīnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] drink[pres-perf.sg.f.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभाती है bhātī hai bhānā[pres.sg.f.23] be liked[pres.sg.f.23]परिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)समीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchधीरे-धीरे dhīrē-dhīrē dhīrē xउन्हें unhē̃ vah[pn.pl.kō] that[.kō]जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchवह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toजिम्मेवार jimmēvār jimmēvār[adj.] xसमझें samajhē̃ samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] understand[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

289Even if they are VIPs, they are members of the family; they are close to the family. 290Just as you are instruments and are doing service, in the same way, they should also gradually consider themselves to be responsible.

269तो tō tō thenवर्ग varg varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] professionबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]के बाद kē bād kē bād[x] afterसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthहुई है huī hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23]कई kaī kaī someआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] toपता patā patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] knowledgeही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notथा thā hōnā[past.m.sg] be[past.m.sg]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatपता patā patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] knowledgeहुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

291There has been growth in service since the Wings were created. 292Many souls who didn't know anything about this organisation have come to know.

270ब्रह्माकुमारियां brahmākumāriyā̃ brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] Brahma Kumariक्या kyā kyā whatकरती हैं kartī haĩ karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] do[pres.pl.f.12hon3]कर्तव्य kartavya kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] activityका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपरिचय parichay parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] introductionपड़ा है paṛā hai paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

293They have come to know what the Brahma Kumaris do; they now know about your work.

271अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowआगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ाओ baṛhāō baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

294Now, move forward in this.

272एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneतो tō tō thenरेग्युलर regular regular regularlyप्रेजन्ट present present presentमार्क mark mark markचाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)सामने sāmnē sāmnē xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआ ā ānā[root] come[root]सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butफोन phone phone xद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughया yā yā orकिसी kisī kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] (some|anything)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooविधि vidhi vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] methodद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownप्रेजन्ट present present presentमार्क mark mark markकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3]क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseघर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभाती है bhātī hai bhānā[pres.sg.f.23] be liked[pres.sg.f.23]तो tō tō thenप्रेजन्ट present present presentमार्क mark mark markतो tō tō thenकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

295One is for them to have a regular present mark. 296Even if they are not able to come to you every day, they should have their present mark through the phone or any other method. 297If they are members of the family, they have to have their present mark.

273ऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchलिस्ट list list listबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooकहा है kahā hai kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] say[pres-perf.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)जोन zone zone zoneसे sē sē[postp.] fromनिकालो nikālō nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और aur aur andउन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसंगठन saṅgaṭhan saṅgaṭhan[x] gatheringकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toउमंग-उत्साह umaṅg-utsāh umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] zeal and enthusiasmमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलाओ lāō lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

298BapDada had asked you all earlier to make a list of such souls, create their gathering, and put zeal and enthusiasm into them.

274हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneजोन zone zone zoneवाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसेन्टर centre centre centreका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलेकिन lēkin lēkin butजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatवर्ग varg varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] professionहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatहेड head head headहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]वर्ग varg varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] professionके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allजोन zone zone zoneमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchनिकालके nikālkē nikālnā[abs.] x[abs.]तैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

299In every zone, do not do this just at your own centre, but the Head of the Wing should prepare such souls from every zone.

275उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसंगठन saṅgaṭhan saṅgaṭhan[x] gatheringकरे karē karnā[opt.sg.23] do[opt.sg.23]. . . .

300They should make a gathering of such souls.

276तो tō tō thenएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneदो dō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two)को kō kō[postp.] toदेखके dēkhkē dēkhnā[abs.] see[abs.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआते हैं ātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

301There is enthusiasm created on seeing one another.

277उस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatसंगठन saṅgaṭhan saṅgaṭhan[x] gatheringका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसमाचार samāchār samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] newsनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआया है āyā hai ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] come[pres-perf.sg.m.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहमने hamnē ham[pn.pl.nē] we[.nē]अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownवर्ग varg varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] professionका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allजोन zone zone zoneका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofइकठ्ठा ikaṭhṭhā ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] togetherसंगठन saṅgaṭhan saṅgaṭhan[x] gatheringकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andयह-यह yah-yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisक्वालिटी quality quality xआई āī|eye|I ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x). . . .

302Baba has not yet received the news that you had a gathering of this wing from all zones and this was the quality of souls that came.

278बाकी bākī bākī|bākī (others|but)बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatकॉमन common common xरीति rīti rīti[n.f.;sg.] wayसे sē sē[postp.] fromअटेन्शन attention attention attentionगया है gayā hai jānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] go[pres-perf.sg.m.23]अटेन्शन attention attention attentionदेके dēkē dēnā[abs.] give[abs.]कर kar karnā[root] do[root]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooरहे हैं rahē haĩ rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowसंगठन saṅgaṭhan saṅgaṭhan[x] gatheringतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

303BapDada is pleased that your attention has been drawn in a common way. 304You are paying attention and doing this, so now prepare this gathering.

279जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकनेक्शन connection connection connectionमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)वी V|we V|we (x). . . .आई āī|eye|I ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x). . . .पी हैं pī haĩ pīnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] drink[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3]चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)आई āī|eye|I ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x). . . .पी P|pī P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]). . . .हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butउन्होंने unhōnnē vah[pn.pl.nē] that[.nē]सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)सन्देश sandēśh sandēśh[x] messageकितनो kitnō kitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] soको kō kō[postp.] toदिया diyā dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] give[past-part.m.sg.d.]यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisसमाचार samāchār samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] newsलेना पड़ेगा lēnā paṛēgā lēnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] take[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2]. . . .

305Whoever has come into connection (VIP or IP) with you, how much service have they done? 306How many have they given a message to? 307You will have to get this information.

280उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooरूचि rūchi ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] interestबढ़ेगी baṛhēgī baṛhnā[fut.f.sg.23] grow[fut.f.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहमारी hamārī ham[pn.pl.kī] we[.kī]रिजल्ट result result resultमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजाती है jātī hai jānā[pres.sg.f.23] go[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

308Their interest will also grow because their result is being sent to Madhuban.

281बाकी bākī bākī|bākī (others|but)बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)ही hī hī[p.] onlyआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसबको sabkō sabkō everythingसुनाया sunāyā sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] speak[past-part.m.sg.d.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकर kar karnā[root] do[root]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooरहे हैं rahē haĩ rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]उसकी uskī vah[pn.sg.kī] that[.kī]मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsतो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)ही hī hī[p.] onlyदे चुके हैं dē chukē haĩ dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā]. . . .

309BapDada has already told you earlier that you have enthusiasm for service. 310BapDada has already congratulated you for the service that you are doing.

282अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

311Achcha.

283हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneवर्ग varg varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] professionजैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeएक-एक ēk-ēk ēk[adj.] oneउठे हो uṭhē hō uṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] wake up[pres-perf.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅. . . . 284तो tō tō thenहर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneवर्ग varg varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] professionयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisसमझे samajhē samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|samajhnā[opt.sg.23] (understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|understand[opt.sg.23])कि ki ki[conj.] thatबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)सामने sāmnē sāmnē xहर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneवर्ग varg varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] professionहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)पीछे pīchhē pīchhē xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅सामने sāmnē sāmnē xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

312Just as each Wing has got up one by one, similarly, each wing has to understand that all the wings are in front of BapDada and, even if you are at the back, you are in front of Baba.

285बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youएक-एक ēk-ēk ēk[adj.] oneवर्ग varg varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] professionको kō kō[postp.] toअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownनजदीक najdīk nazdīk xही hī hī[p.] onlyदेख रहे हैं dēkh rahē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeपदम padam padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] multimillionपदमगुणा padamguṇā padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] multimillion-foldमुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

313BapDada is seeing all of you from each of the wings as being close to Him. 314Therefore, multimillionfold congratulations! 315Congratulations!

286600 600 600 600डबल double double doubleविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerभाई bhāī bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother)बहिनें bahinē̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] x50 50 50 50देशों dēśhō̃ dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] landसे sē sē[postp.] fromआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] :  :  :  : बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceआते हैं ātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

316600 brothers and sisters from 50 countries have come: BapDada especially remembers those from abroad.

287याद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceतो tō tō thenसब sab sab[adj.] allबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childआते ātē ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butविदेशियों vidēśhiyō̃ vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] foreignerका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameसुनकर sunkar sunnā[abs.] listen[abs.]भारतवासियों bhāratvāsiyō̃ bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] people of Bharatको kō kō[postp.] toउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatजब jab jab whenविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoपरमात्मा paramātmā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulको kō kō[postp.] toजान jān jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] (know[root]|x)वर्से varsē varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] inheritanceके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)अधिकारी adhikārī adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (one) who has a rightबने हैं banē haĩ bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weवंचित vañchit vañchit[adj.] deprivedनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरह जाएं rah jāē̃ rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] remain[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]उमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

317He remembers all the children, but when the names of those from abroad are heard there is this enthusiasm in the people of Bharat: When those from abroad know God and claim a right to their inheritance they have the enthusiasm that they should not remain deprived.

288इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerऔर aur aur andभारतवासी bhāratvāsī bhāratvāsī[adj.] people of Bharatइकठ्ठा ikaṭhṭhā ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] togetherप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]शुरू śhurū śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] beginningकिया है kiyā hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

318This is why those from abroad and the people of Bharat have begun to have programmes together.

289जानते हैं jāntē haĩ jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] know[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatजब jab jab whenविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoपहचान गये pahchān gayē pahchānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] recognise[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]तो tō tō thenहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weरह rah rahnā[root] remain[root]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notजाएं jāē̃ jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] go[opt.pl.12hon3]उमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

319They have this enthusiasm: Since those from abroad have come to recognise God, we should not be left behind.

290तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youभारतवासियों bhāratvāsiyō̃ bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] people of Bharatको kō kō[postp.] toआगे āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ने baṛhnē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] grow[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealदिलाने dilānē dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

320So, you are instrument souls to make the people of Bharat move forward and to give them enthusiasm.

291इसीलिए isīliē isīliē xहर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneवर्ग varg varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] professionवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकोशिश kōśhiśh kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] tryकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowदिल्ली dillī dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Delhiमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमिलके milkē milnā[abs.] receive[abs.]प्रोग्राम programme programme programmeबनाया है banāyā hai banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)छोटे chhōṭē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] smallरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])चाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)बड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatएक-दो ēk-dō ēk-dō one anotherभी bhī bhī[p.] tooविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerअपना apnā apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] (one’s own|adopt[root])दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zealसे sē sē[postp.] fromअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceसुनाते हैं sunātē haĩ sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3]वा vā vā orटॉपिक topic topic topicपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)बोलते हैं bōltē haĩ bōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenसुनके sunkē sunnā[abs.] listen[abs.]खुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)ही hī hī[p.] onlyकहा है kahā hai kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] say[pres-perf.sg.m.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatको kō kō[postp.] toजगाने jagānē jagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] awaken[inf.m.pl.,o.]के निमित्त kē nimitt kē nimitt[x] xबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

321This is why each wing is also making effort, just as there was the programme in Delhi. 322Whether it is a small programme or a big one, if even one or two people from abroad share their experiences from their hearts with enthusiasm or they speak on a topic, then people who hear it become happy, because BapDada has already told you earlier that those from abroad will become instruments to awaken the people of Bharat.

292तो tō tō thenदेखा गया है dēkhā gayā hai dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive] (see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive])तो tō tō thenयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceदिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayप्रतिदिन pratidin pratidin day by dayविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]और aur aur andभारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमिलाने milānē milānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]की key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)कोशिश kōśhiśh kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] tryकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

323It has been seen that, day by day, souls from abroad are doing this service and the people of Bharat are trying to work with them.

293कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो tō tō thenजैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeआदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)तरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionसे sē sē[postp.] fromकोई न कोई kōī na kōī kōī na kōī[x] one .. or anotherविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialवी V|we V|we (x). . . .आई āī|eye|I ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x). . . .पी P|pī P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.])आता रहा है ātā rahā hai ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā]शुरू śhurū śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] beginningमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in. . . . 294ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchही hī hī[p.] onlyअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisकोशिश kōśhiśh kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] tryकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो tō tō thenकोई न कोई kōī na kōī kōī na kōī[x] one .. or anotherवी V|we V|we (x). . . .आई āī|eye|I ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x). . . .पी P|pī P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.])निमन्त्रण nimantraṇ nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] invitationपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)आवे āvē ānā[opt.sg.23] come[opt.sg.23]. . . .

324Whenever there is a big programme then, just as in the early days there used to be a special VIP from somewhere or other from abroad who would come, try to do this even now, that wherever there is a programme, a VIP should definitely be invited to come.

295शुरू-शुरू śhurū-śhurū śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] beginningमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaपार्ट part part[n.m.;sg.,d.] partचला है chalā hai chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

325In the beginning, this was a very good part.

296अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneतो tō tō thenब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceऔर aur aur andदूसरा dūsrā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] otherवी V|we V|we (x). . . .आई āī|eye|I ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x). . . .पी P|pī P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]). . . .कोई न कोई kōī na kōī kōī na kōī[x] one .. or anotherपार्टधारी pārṭdhārī part-dhārī[adj.] actorबनें banē̃ bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] become[opt.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenभारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatऔर aur aur andविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadभारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatको kō kō[postp.] toजगायेगा jagāyēgā jagānā[fut.m.sg.23] awaken[fut.m.sg.23]भारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadको kō kō[postp.] toजगायेगा jagāyēgā jagānā[fut.m.sg.23] awaken[fut.m.sg.23]यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceहोते-होते hōtē-hōtē hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]आखिर ākhir ākhir at lastभी bhī bhī[p.] tooविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहमारे hamārē ham[pn.pl.kē] we[.kē]राज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकौन-कौन kaun-kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoआने हैं ānē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1]यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisप्रसिद्ध prasiddh prasiddh[adj.] xहोता जायेगा hōtā jāyēgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā]क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseगवर्मेन्ट government government governmentजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulआती हैं ātī haĩ ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] come[pres.pl.f.12hon3]तो tō tō thenगवर्मेन्ट government government governmentतक tak tak untilआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseपहुंचता है pahuñchtā hai pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] reach[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

326Even now, one is the experience of Brahmin souls and the other is that a VIP should have a special part, and so Bharat and the countries abroad - the foreign lands will awaken Bharat and Bharat will awaken the foreign lands. 327As this service takes place, it will eventually become known who from abroad is going to come into your kingdom because, when special souls come, this sound reaches the Government.

297उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toउनकी unkī vah[pn.pl.kī] that[.kī]देखभाल dēkhbhāl dēkh-bhāl[n.f.;sg.] careकरनी पड़ती है karnī paṛtī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2]अखबार akhbār akhbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] newspaperमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

328They have to look after the guests, and so this is put in the newspapers.

298तो tō tō thenइससे issē yah[pn.sg.sē] this[.sē]सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceबढ़ने baṛhnē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] grow[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyसाधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

329This is an easy method of increasing service.

299तो tō tō thenविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकर रहा है kar rahā hai karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] do[pres.sg.m.prog.23]यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toरिकॉर्ड record record recordहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allवर्ग varg varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] professionवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooचाहते हैं chāhtē haĩ chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो tō tō thenप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ (under)जैसा jaisā jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] likeप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]उसी usī vah[pn.sg.hī] that[.hī]अनुसार anusār anusār according toविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadभारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatको kō kō[postp.] toजगावे jagāvē jagānā[opt.sg.23] awaken[opt.sg.23]और aur aur andभारतवासियों bhāratvāsiyō̃ bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] people of Bharatका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofइतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]करके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]विदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerभी bhī bhī[p.] tooजागें jāgē̃ jagnā[opt.pl.12hon3] wake up[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

330The foreign lands are doing service - BapDada has this record and now those of all the wings want someone from abroad to take part in their programmes and awaken Bharat. 331Then, seeing such a big gathering of the people of Bharat, those from abroad should also awaken.

300तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerएवररेडी ever ready ever ready ever-readyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

332BapDada is pleased that those from abroad are ever-ready in every respect.

301एवररेडी ever ready ever ready ever-readyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofपाठ pāṭh pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lessonअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaबजा रहे हैं bajā rahē haĩ bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] play[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

333You are playing a good part of being ever-ready. 334You do not say "no".

302तो tō tō thenभारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)वर्ग varg varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] professionवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeबनावें banāvē̃ banānā[opt.pl.12hon3] create[opt.pl.12hon3]जोन zone zone zoneवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeबनावें banāvē̃ banānā[opt.pl.12hon3] create[opt.pl.12hon3]जिसमें jismē̃ jō[pn.sg.mē̃] that[.mē̃]दोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofमेल male|mail|mēl male|mail|mēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] (male|x|coming together)होता जाए hōtā jāē hōnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] be[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā]. . . .

335The wings of Bharat should also make such programmes. 336Those of the different zones should have such programmes in which both (Bharat and foreign lands) come together.

303बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅देखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerभी bhī bhī[p.] tooएवररेडी ever ready ever ready ever-readyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

337BapDada has seen that those from abroad are ever-ready.

304भारतवासी bhāratvāsī bhāratvāsī[adj.] people of Bharatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooएवररेडी ever ready ever ready ever-readyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butप्रोग्राम programme programme programmeऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchबनाओ banāō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

338The people of Bharat are also ready. 339Now make such a programme.

305बाकी bākī bākī|bākī (others|but)विदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]मेरे mērē maĩ[pn.sg.kē] I[.kē]बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childबिछुड़कर bichhuṛkar bichhuṛnā[abs.] want to be separated[abs.]कहाँ-कहाँ kahā̃-kahā̃ kahā̃ whereचले गये chalē gayē chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive]). . . .

340Seeing the children from abroad, BapDada is pleased: My children had become separated and gone to so many different places.

306बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅ढूंढ लिया ḍhūṇḍh liyā ḍhūṇḍhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] discover[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]ना nā nā ∅आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोगों lōgō̃ log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] peopleको kō kō[postp.] to. . . .

341BapDada still found all of you, did He not?

307कितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soदेशों dēśhō̃ dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] landके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)आते हैं ātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

342You have come from so many countries.

308तो tō tō thenहर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)देश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherने nē nē[postp.] ∅ढूंढ लिया है ḍhūṇḍh liyā hai ḍhūṇḍhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] discover[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā]. . . .

343The Father found all His children in all the countries, did He not?

309खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

344You are happy, are you not?

310आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youतो tō tō thenबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toढूंढ ḍhūṇḍh ḍhūṇḍhnā[root] discover[root]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसके sakē saknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|saknā[opt.sg.23] (can[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|can[opt.sg.23])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherने nē nē[postp.] ∅कोने-कोने kōnē-kōnē kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] cornerसे sē sē[postp.] fromआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]ढूंढ लिया ḍhūṇḍh liyā ḍhūṇḍhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] discover[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]. . . . 311क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseकल्प-कल्प kalp-kalp kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)अधिकारी adhikārī adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (one) who has a rightहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

345You were not able to find the Father, but the Father found you in the different corners because you are those who have a right every cycle.

312हर har|her harnā[root]|har|her (x[root]|x)कल्प kalp kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]निकालते nikāltē nikālnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyरहते हैं rahtē haĩ rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

346BapDada continues to find you every cycle.

313मिस miss miss missहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकते हो saktē hō saknā[pres.pl.m.2] can[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

347You cannot be missed.

314बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toआने ānē ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.])ही hī hī[p.] onlyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

348The Father's children have to come to Him.

315तो tō tō thenबिछुड़े bichhuṛē bichhuṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bichhuṛnā[opt.sg.23] (want to be separated[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|want to be separated[opt.sg.23])हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]बच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyतो tō tō thenहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

349The Father is pleased to see the children who had become separated.

316वाह vāh vāh wah!मेरे mērē maĩ[pn.sg.kē] I[.kē]बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childवाह vāh vāh wah!मेरे mērē maĩ[pn.sg.kē] I[.kē]बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] child !  !  !  !

350Wah My children! 351Wah!

317मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसजाते रहते हो sajātē rahtē hō sajānā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] decorate[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

352You also continue to decorate Madhuban.

318बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅देखा है dēkhā hai dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] see[pres-perf.sg.m.23]विदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)तरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionसे sē sē[postp.] fromबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toबहुत bahut bahut veryसहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationचाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)तन tan tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inचाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inचाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)धन dhan dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] wealthमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसब sab sab[adj.] allरीति rīti rīti[n.f.;sg.] wayसे sē sē[postp.] fromयज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)स्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andआगे-आगे āgē-āgē āgē previouslyबढ़ते baṛhtē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]जा रहे हैं jā rahē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]बढ़ते रहेंगे baṛhtē rahē̃gē baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

353BapDada has seen that He has received a lot of co-operation from the children abroad, through their body, mind, wealth. 354They have love for the yagya in every way and they also have love for BapDada. 355You are continuing to move forward and will continue to do so.

319अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

356Achcha.

320एक-एक ēk-ēk ēk[adj.] oneको kō kō[postp.] toबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveऔर aur aur andदुलार dulār dulār[n.m.;sg.,d.] love and affectionदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

357BapDada is giving each one of you love and affection from His heart.

321अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

358Achcha.

322दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiजानकी jānkī jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] from :  :  :  : अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

359Dadi Janki: Achcha. 360Everyone is happy.

323खुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]के K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)आपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]दो dō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two)तरीके tarīkē tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] methodहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneक्लास class class classदूसरा dūsrā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] otherटोली ṭōlī ṭōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] toli. . . .

361You have two means of making everyone happy. 362Classes and toli.

324अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

325अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaपार्ट बजा रही हो part bajā rahī hō part bajānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] play one's part. . . .

363You are playing a good part.

326बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

364BapDada is pleased.

327मोहिनी mōhinī mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xबहन bahan bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] from :  :  :  : यज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofपार्ट part part[n.m.;sg.,d.] partअपना-अपना apnā-apnā apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] (one’s own|adopt[root])आवश्यक āvaśhyak āvaśhyak[adj.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

365Mohiniben: In the yagya, each and every one's individual part is necessary.

328कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneएक्टर actor actor actorनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentसेवाधारी sēvādhārī sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] serverअगर agar agar ifमिस miss miss missहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't thatमालूम mālūm mālūm[adj.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notपड़ता है paṛtā hai paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] fall[pres.sg.m.23]हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneपार्ट part part[n.m.;sg.,d.] partअपना-अपना apnā-apnā apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] (one’s own|adopt[root])महत्व mahatva mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] importanceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

366If any instrument actor were missing, then it isn't that you would not know that. 367Each one's part has its own importance.

329कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपार्ट part part[n.m.;sg.,d.] partअगर agar agar ifमिस miss miss missहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenफर्क phark fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] differenceपड़ जाता है paṛ jātā hai paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

368If anyone's part is missed out, it creates a difference.

330यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingएक-एक ēk-ēk ēk[adj.] oneकॉमन common common xपार्टधारी pārṭdhārī part-dhārī[adj.] actorको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

369This is BapDada's blessing for each and every common actor.

331जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeभण्डारे bhaṇḍārē bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] treasure storeवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

370Like those in the kitchen.

332है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenकामन common common xपार्ट part part[n.m.;sg.,d.] partलेकिन lēkin lēkin butभण्डारे bhaṇḍārē bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] treasure storeवाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो tō tō thenकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notचले chalē chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]). . . .

371It is a common part, but you would not be able to continue if those people were not there.

333सफाई saphāī saphāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] cleanlinessवाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notचले chalē chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.])क्लास class class classकराने karānē karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notचले chalē chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]). . . .

372Nothing could continue if those who do the cleaning were not present. 373If those who conduct classes were not there, things would not continue.

334हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneएक्टर actor actor actorको kō kō[postp.] toड्रामानुसार ḍrāmānusār ḍrāmānusār xजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatपार्ट part part[n.m.;sg.,d.] partमिला milā milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root])हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]उसको uskō vah[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]समझना चाहिए samajhnā chāhiē samajhnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|samajhnā[.oblig3] (understand[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|understand[.oblig3])कि ki ki[conj.] thatमैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iभी bhī bhī[p.] tooविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1]. . . .

374Each actor should understand the part he or she has received according to the drama and understand: I am a special instrument.

335ड्रामा drama drama dramaने nē nē[postp.] ∅हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneको kō kō[postp.] toचाहे chāhē chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether)छोटा chhōṭā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] smallसा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butवह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooजरूरी jarūrī zarūrī[adj.] essentialहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

375Even if someone has a small part in the drama, it is still essential.

336पांच pāñch pañch[adj.] fiveअंगुलियां aṅguliyā̃ aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] fingerहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneअंगुली aṅgulī aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] fingerभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमिस miss miss missहो जाए hō jāē hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenफर्क phark fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] differenceपड़ेगा paṛēgā paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] fall[fut.m.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

376There are five fingers and if even one finger were missing it would make a difference.

337तो tō tō thenयज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)यही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisविशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooजिसको jiskō jō[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]पार्ट part part[n.m.;sg.,d.] partमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatबहुत bahut bahut veryबहुत bahut bahut veryबहुत bahut bahut veryजरूरी jarūrī zarūrī[adj.] essentialहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

377This is the speciality of the yagya: whatever part each one has received, that is very, very, very essential.

338अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

378Achcha.

339अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowडाक्टर doctor doctor doctorनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोता hōtā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenतुम tum tum[pn.pl.] youचलती chaltī chalnā[pres-part.f.] continue[pres-part.f.]यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisजरूरी jarūrī zarūrī[adj.] essentialहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

379Would you be able to go if the doctors were not there? 380That is also necessary.

340हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneपार्टधारी pārṭdhārī part-dhārī[adj.] actorयज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireके निमित्त kē nimitt kē nimitt[x] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

381Each actor is an instrument in the yagya.

341यज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)जरूरी jarūrī zarūrī[adj.] essentialआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

382Each soul is needed in the yagya.

342आज āj āj todayसफाई saphāī saphāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] cleanlinessवाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआये āyē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23])तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोगों lōgō̃ log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] peopleको kō kō[postp.] toअच्छा लगेगा achchhā lagēgā achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] enjoyबैठना baiṭhnā baiṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sit[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

383Would you all have liked to sit here if those who did the cleaning didn't come today?

343जरूरी jarūrī zarūrī[adj.] essentialहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

384It is necessary.

344परदादी pardādī pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadi Nirmal Shantaसे sē sē[postp.] from :  :  :  : आपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooपार्ट part part[n.m.;sg.,d.] partजरूरी jarūrī zarūrī[adj.] essentialहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

385Par Dadi: Your part is also essential.

345आपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]शक्ल śhakla śhakla[n.f.;sg.] faceदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]कुछ kuchh kuchh anythingकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooनहीं तो nahī̃ tō nahī̃ tō[x] otherwiseभी bhī bhī[p.] tooखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहो जाते हैं hō jātē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

386Whether you do anything or not, seeing your face, everyone becomes happy.

346 ( ( ( (होली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)परदादी pardādī pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadi Nirmal Shantaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofजन्म janm janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] (be born[root]|life)दिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]) ) ) ) वाह vāh vāh wah! !  !  !  !

387(Holi is the birthday of Par Dadi.) 388Wah!

347जन्म janm janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] (be born[root]|life)दिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]परदादी pardādī pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadi Nirmal Shantaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] of. . . .

389It is Par Dadi's birthday.

348मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

390Congratulations. 391Congratulations. 392Congratulations.

349 ( ( ( (तीनों tīnō̃ tīnō̃[adj.] all threeभाईयों bhāīyō̃ bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] brotherने nē nē[postp.] ∅बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toगुलदस्ता guldastā guldastā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bouquetभेंट bhēṇṭ bhēṇṭ[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकरते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]होली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)की key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsदी the|dī the|dēnā[past-part.f.] (the|give[past-part.f.])) ) ) ) सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)आत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] toहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)की key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

393(All three senior brothers congratulated BapDada for Holi as they presented their bouquets.) 394Congratulations for Holi to all the holy souls. 395Congratulations.

350विदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)4 4 4 4बड़ी baṛī baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] veryबहिनों bahinō̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] xसे sē sē[postp.] from :  :  :  : ( ( ( (मोहिनी mōhinī mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xबहन bahan bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] xजयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiबहन bahan bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] xसुदेश sudēś x[n.f.;sg.] xबहन bahan bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] xनिर्मला Nirmalā Nirmalā[n.f.;sg.] Nirmalaबहन bahan bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] x) ) ) ) बाप कहते हैं bāp kahtē haĩ bāp kahtē haĩ[x] the Father saysबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toबहुत-बहुत bahut-bahut bahut veryथैंक्स thanks thanks thanksजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toप्रत्यक्ष pratyakṣha pratyakṣh[adj.] visibleकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

396Four senior sisters from abroad (Mohiniben, Dr. 397Nirmala, Sudeshben, Jayantiben): The Father gives many, many thanks to the children for revealing the Father.

351 ( ( ( (करनकरावनहार karankarāvanhār karankarāvanhār Karankaravanharने nē nē[postp.] ∅कराया karāyā karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ) ) ) लेकिन lēkin lēkin butबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childने nē nē[postp.] ∅किया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

398(Karankaravanhar made it happen.) 399However, it was the children who did it.

352तो tō tō thenबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toथैंक्स thanks thanks thanksबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)बिना binā binā withoutक्या kyā kyā whatकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

400So, thanks to the children. 401What would the Father do without the children?

353 ( ( ( (बाबा bābā bābā Babaने nē nē[postp.] ∅कराया karāyā karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ) ) ) दोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneदो dō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two)के K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)साथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

402(Baba made us do it.) 403Both are companions of one another.

354अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

404Achcha.

355 ( ( ( (बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅बहिनों bahinō̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] xको kō kō[postp.] toगुलदस्ता guldastā guldastā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bouquetदिया diyā dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] give[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ) ) ) चारों chārō̃ chārō̃ xही hī hī[p.] onlyलो low|lō low|lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (low|take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])हाथ hāth hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] handलगाओ lagāō lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

405(BapDada presented a bouquet to all of the sisters). 406All four of you, take it. 407Put your hand on it.

356 ( ( ( (दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiजानकी jānkī jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooगुलदस्ता guldastā guldastā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bouquetदिया diyā dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] give[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ) ) ) इसका iskā yah[pn.sg.kā] this[.kā]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooपार्ट part part[n.m.;sg.,d.] partचल रहा है chal rahā hai chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

408(Baba gave a bouquet to Dadi Janki) This one's part is also continuing.

357विशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialपार्ट part part[n.m.;sg.,d.] partचल रहा है chal rahā hai chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23]. . . .

409It is a special part.

358बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅देखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.]अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसबका sabkā sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] everyone'sअटेन्शन attention attention attentionभी bhī bhī[p.] tooभारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatतरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

410BapDada has seen that you have your attention on Bharat.

359कोई न कोई kōī na kōī kōī na kōī[x] one .. or anotherसहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]के लिए kē liē kē liē[x] forएवररेडी ever ready ever ready ever-readyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

411You are ever-ready to help in any way.

360भारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadको kō kō[postp.] toविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadभारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatको kō kō[postp.] toसहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationदेते dētē dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]दोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xमिलके milkē milnā[abs.] receive[abs.]चलना chalnā chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] continue[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisलक्ष्य lakṣhya lakṣhya[adj.] aimअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

412Bharat helps those abroad and the lands abroad help Bharat. 413Continue to give this co-operation and do everything together; this aim is good.

361 ( ( ( (जयन्ती jayantī jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Jayantiबहन bahan bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] xकराची karāchī karāchī Karachiजा रही हैं jā rahī haĩ jānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] go[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3]) ) ) ) अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowरिजल्ट result result resultअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]बढ़ रही है baṛh rahī hai baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23]. . . .

414(Jayantiben is going to Karachi for one week.) 415The result is now good. 416It is increasing.

362कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchक्वालिटी quality quality xनिकले nikalē nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]). . . .

417Now, some quality souls should emerge.

363 ( ( ( (जापान jāpān jāpān[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatगैस gas gas gasनिकल रही है nikal rahī hai nikalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] be extracted[pres.sg.f.prog.23]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowफिलीपिन्स Philippines Philippines xअमेरिका America America Americaतरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionभी bhī bhī[p.] tooफैल रही है phail rahī hai phailnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] spread[pres.sg.f.prog.23]) ) ) ) जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatगैस gas gas gasनिकलेगा nikalēgā nikalnā[fut.m.sg.23] be extracted[fut.m.sg.23]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereतो tō tō thenजायेगा jāyēgā jānā[fut.m.sg.23] go[fut.m.sg.23]. . . . 364बाकी bākī bākī|bākī (others|but)अपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownसम्भाल sambhāl sambhāl[n.f.;sg.]|sambhālnā[root] (x|be careful[root])करनी है karnī hai karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

418(The radioactive gas from Japan is now moving towards the Philippines and America.) 419The gas that emerges has to go somewhere, but you have to look after yourselves.

365गवर्मेन्ट government government governmentजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatडायरेक्शन direction direction directionदेती है dētī hai dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] give[pres.sg.f.23]उसको uskō vah[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortपालन pālan pālan[adj.] xकरते रहो kartē rahō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

420Continue to observe the directions that the Government gives.

366ऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't thatकुछ kuchh kuchh anythingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कुछ kuchh kuchh anythingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

421Do not think: It is nothing, it is nothing.

367जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatडायरेक्शन direction direction directionदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]उसका uskā vah[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortध्यान dhyān dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] attentionरखो rakhō rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

422Pay attention to the directions they give.

368बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅बच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childके K|kē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (K|of)संग saṅg saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] companyहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)खेली khēlī khēlnā[past-part.f.] play[past-part.f.]और aur aur andसबको sabkō sabkō everythingहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)की key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsदी the|dī the|dēnā[past-part.f.] (the|give[past-part.f.])

423BapDada played Holi with the children and gave everyone greetings for Holi: All of you celebrated Holi.

369सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allने nē nē[postp.] ∅होली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)मनाई manāī manānā[past-part.f.] celebrate[past-part.f.]. . . . 370आपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]तो tō tō thenसदा sadā sadā constantlyही hī hī[p.] onlyहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] withबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी key|kī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of)पालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहते हो rahtē hō rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] remain[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

424You have Holi all the time, that is, you stay with the Father and you are being sustained by Him.

371बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] withउठते हो uṭhtē hō uṭhnā[pres.pl.m.2] wake up[pres.pl.m.2]बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] withबातें bātē̃ bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] matterकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherवे vē|way vah[pn.pl.d.]|way (that|x)साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingलेते हो lētē hō lēnā[pres.pl.m.2] take[pres.pl.m.2]और aur aur andवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingदेते हो dētē hō dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] give[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

425You wake up with the Father, you converse with the Father, you take blessings from the Father and then give blessings.

372तो tō tō thenजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatआज āj āj todayहोली hōlī|holy hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] (Holi|holy)पर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)वरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingलिया liyā lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] take[past-part.m.sg.d.]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromअलग alag alag[adj.] separateअकेले akēlē akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aloneनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोना है hōnā hai hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] be[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

426You took a blessing today for Holi: never become alone or separated from the Father.

373साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withचलेंगे chalē̃gē chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andफिर phir phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] (then|turn[root])साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] withराज्य करेंगे rājya karē̃gē rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x. . . .

427You are with Him, you will go back with Him, and then come and rule in the kingdom with Father Brahma.

374तो tō tō thenसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withशब्द śhabda śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordनिभाना है nibhānā hai nibhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] fulfil[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

428So fulfil the responsibility of that companionship.

375एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneसेकण्ड second second secondभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notछोड़ना है chhōṛnā hai chhōṛnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] renounce[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

429Do not leave His company for even a second.

376साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withरहेंगे rahē̃gē rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3]साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withचलेंगे chalē̃gē chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3]अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowयही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisस्मृति smr̥iti smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] awarenessसदा sadā sadā constantlyयाद रखना yād rakhnā yād rakhnā[x] remember. . . .

430You will stay with Him and go back with Him. 431Now, always have this in your awareness.

377अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha- - - -अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allसे sē sē[postp.] fromबहुत bahut bahut veryबढ़िया baṛhiyā baṛhiyā[adj.] xसुन्दर sundar sundar[adj.] xगुडनाइट good night good night xकर रहे हैं kar rahē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

432Achcha. 433Now, BapDada is saying a very wonderful and beautiful good night to everyone.

378अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

434Achcha.

435* O M S H A N T I *

Abbreviations used
Downloadable data
CSV / Excel format details

The CSV file is a data table that you can open with LibreOffice, Google Sheets or any spreadsheet program.

Delimiter : comma (,). Text qualifier: ".

The murli is presented in three columns: Hindi, Hinglish, and English.

The rows correspond to one or more sentences in Hindi, with the corresponding transliteration (Hinglish) and translation.

Document formatting can be improved for printing (font size, column width, margins, automatic line break, optimal row height, etc.)